US20080094592A1 - Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method - Google Patents

Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20080094592A1
US20080094592A1 US11/896,448 US89644807A US2008094592A1 US 20080094592 A1 US20080094592 A1 US 20080094592A1 US 89644807 A US89644807 A US 89644807A US 2008094592 A1 US2008094592 A1 US 2008094592A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
movable body
measurement
encoder
head
information
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/896,448
Other languages
English (en)
Inventor
Yuichi Shibazaki
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Nikon Corp
Original Assignee
Nikon Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Nikon Corp filed Critical Nikon Corp
Assigned to NIKON CORPORATION reassignment NIKON CORPORATION ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: SHIBAZAKI, YUICHI
Publication of US20080094592A1 publication Critical patent/US20080094592A1/en
Priority to US14/067,110 priority Critical patent/US9958792B2/en
Priority to US14/067,503 priority patent/US9983486B2/en
Priority to US15/961,061 priority patent/US10338482B2/en
Priority to US16/114,498 priority patent/US10353301B2/en
Priority to US16/117,893 priority patent/US10353302B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70216—Mask projection systems
    • G03F7/70258—Projection system adjustments, e.g. adjustments during exposure or alignment during assembly of projection system
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70691—Handling of masks or workpieces
    • G03F7/70716—Stages
    • G03F7/70725—Stages control
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
    • H01L21/027—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
    • H01L21/0271—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers
    • H01L21/0273—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers characterised by the treatment of photoresist layers
    • H01L21/0274—Photolithographic processes
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20—Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70058—Mask illumination systems
    • G03F7/70141—Illumination system adjustment, e.g. adjustments during exposure or alignment during assembly of illumination system
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70216—Mask projection systems
    • G03F7/70341—Details of immersion lithography aspects, e.g. exposure media or control of immersion liquid supply
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70483—Information management; Active and passive control; Testing; Wafer monitoring, e.g. pattern monitoring
    • G03F7/70605—Workpiece metrology
    • G03F7/70616—Monitoring the printed patterns
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70691—Handling of masks or workpieces
    • G03F7/70758—Drive means, e.g. actuators, motors for long- or short-stroke modules or fine or coarse driving
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70691—Handling of masks or workpieces
    • G03F7/70775—Position control, e.g. interferometers or encoders for determining the stage position
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/70691—Handling of masks or workpieces
    • G03F7/70783—Handling stress or warp of chucks, masks or workpieces, e.g. to compensate for imaging errors or considerations related to warpage of masks or workpieces due to their own weight
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/70—Microphotolithographic exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • G03F7/708—Construction of apparatus, e.g. environment aspects, hygiene aspects or materials
    • G03F7/7085—Detection arrangement, e.g. detectors of apparatus alignment possibly mounted on wafers, exposure dose, photo-cleaning flux, stray light, thermal load
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F9/00—Registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. automatically
    • G03F9/70—Registration or positioning of originals, masks, frames, photographic sheets or textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. automatically for microlithography
    • G03F9/7088—Alignment mark detection, e.g. TTR, TTL, off-axis detection, array detector, video detection

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to movable body drive methods and movable body drive systems, pattern formation methods and apparatuses, exposure methods and apparatuses, and device manufacturing methods, and more particularly to a movable body drive method in which a movable body is driven within a movement plane and a movable body drive system, a pattern formation method using the movable body drive method and a pattern formation apparatus equipped with the movable body drive system, an exposure method using the movable body drive method and an exposure apparatus equipped with the movable body drive system, and a device manufacturing method in which the pattern formation method is used.
  • exposure apparatuses such as a projection exposure apparatus by a step-and-repeat method (a so-called stepper) and a projection exposure apparatus by a step-and-scan method (a so-called scanning stepper (which is also called a scanner) are relatively frequently used.
  • a wafer stage holding the wafer is driven in an XY two-dimensional direction, for example, by linear motors and the like.
  • a scanning stepper not only the wafer stage but also a reticle stage is driven in by predetermined strokes in a scanning direction by linear motors and the like.
  • Position measurement of the reticle stage and the wafer stage is generally performed using a laser interferometer whose stability of measurement values is good for over a long time and has a high resolution.
  • an encoder can be used, however, because the encoder uses a scale, which lacks in mechanical long-term stability (drift of grating pitch, fixed position drift, thermal expansion and the like), it makes the encoder have a drawback of lacking measurement value linearity and being inferior in long-term stability when compared with the laser interferometer.
  • the measurement resolution of the conventional encoder was inferior when compared with an interferometer, however, recently, an encoder which has a nearly equal or a better measurement resolution than a laser interferometer has appeared (for example, refer to Kokai (Japanese Patent Unexamined Application Publication) No. 2005-308592), and the technology to put the laser interferometer and the encoder described above together is beginning to gather attention.
  • the position error of the wafer stage may grow large with the elapse of time due to the accumulation of the error which occurs when linkage is performed, and the exposure accuracy (overlay accuracy) may consequently deteriorate.
  • the position of the wafer stage does not necessarily have to be measured using an encoder system in the whole movable range of the wafer stage.
  • the propagation speed in the cable of an electrical signal such as the detection signal of the head of the encoder, or more specifically, the photoelectric conversion signal of the light receiving element is limited, and the length of the cable through which the detection signal of the encoder propagates is generally from several meters to 10 m, and in quite a few cases exceeds 10 m.
  • the influence of the delay time that accompanies the propagation is at a level that cannot be ignored.
  • a first movable body drive method in which a movable body is driven in a movement plane including a first axis and a second axis orthogonal to each other, the method comprising: a measuring process in which positional information of the movable body in the movement plane is measured using at least one encoder of an encoder system including a plurality of encoders having a head that irradiates a detection light on a grating and receives the detection light from the grating; and a switching process in which at least one of an encoder used for position control of the movable body is switched to another encoder so as to maintain a position of the movable body in the movement plane before and after the switching.
  • positional information of the movable body in the movement plane is measured using at least two encoders of the encoder system, and the encoder used for position control of the movable body is switched from at least one of an encoder used for position control of the movable body to another encoder so as to maintain the position of the movable body in the movement plane before and after the switching. Therefore, although the switching of the encoder used for the control of the position of the movable body is performed, the position of the movable body in the movement plane is maintained before and after the switching, and a precise linkage becomes possible. Accordingly, it becomes possible to move the movable body two-dimensionally precisely along a predetermined course, while performing the linkage between a plurality of encoders.
  • a second movable body drive method in which a movable body is driven in a movement plane, the method comprising: an intake process in which measurement data corresponding to a detection signal of at least one head of an encoder system including a plurality of heads that measure positional information of the movable body within the movement plane is taken in at a predetermined control sampling interval when the movable body is driven in a predetermined direction in the movement plane; and a drive process in which the movable body is driven so as to correct a measurement error of the head due to a measurement delay that accompanies propagation of the detection signal, based on a plurality of data which include the most recent measurement data that was taken in the latest and previous measurement data including at least data just before the most recent measurement data, and information of a delay time that accompanies propagation of the detection signal through a propagation path.
  • measurement data corresponding to the detection signal of at least one head of an encoder system which measures positional information of the movable body in the movement plane are taken in at a predetermined control sampling interval, and the movable body is driven so that a measurement error of the head due to a measurement delay that accompanies the propagation of the detection signal is corrected drives movable body so that it is corrected, based on a plurality of data including the most recent measurement data taken in the latest and previous data including at least data just before the most recent measurement data (one control sampling interval earlier), and information of a delay time that accompanies propagation of the detection signal through a propagation path. Accordingly, it becomes possible to drive movable body with high precision in the desired direction, without being affected by the measurement delay that accompanies the propagation of the detection signal of the head of the encoder through the propagation path.
  • a pattern formation method comprising: a mount process in which an object is mounted on a movable body that can move in a movement plane; and a drive process in which the movable body is driven by the movable body drive method according to one of the first and second movable body drive methods, to form a pattern on the object.
  • a first device manufacturing method including a pattern formation process wherein in the pattern formation process, a pattern is formed on a substrate using the pattern formation method according to the pattern formation method of the present invention.
  • a first exposure method in which a pattern is formed on an object by an irradiation of an energy beam wherein for relative movement of the energy beam and the object, a movable body on which the object is mounted is driven, using one of the first and second movable body drives method of the present invention.
  • the movable body on which the object is mounted is driven with good precision, using one of the first and second movable body drive methods of the present invention. Accordingly, it becomes possible to form a desired pattern on the object by scanning exposure.
  • a second exposure method in which an object on a movable body that moves in a movement plane is sequentially exchanged, and a pattern is formed respectively on each object by sequentially exposing the object after exchange, wherein each time the exchange of the object is performed on the movable body, position control of the movable body in the movement plane is started once more, using at least three encoders of an encoder system that measures positional information of the movable body in the movement plane within a predetermined effective area including an exposure position.
  • each time the exchange of the object is performed on the movable body position control of the movable body in the movement plane using at least three encoders of an encoder system that measures positional information of the movable body in the movement plane in an effective area is started once more. Therefore, each time the object exchange is performed, the position error of the movable body is canceled out, so that the position error of the movable body does not increase with the passage of time. Accordingly, it becomes possible to measure the positional information of the movable body in the movement plane in a predetermined effective area including the exposure position by the encoder system with good precision for over a long time, which makes it possible to maintain the exposure precision for over a long period of time.
  • a third movable body drive method in which a movable body is driven in a movement plane, the method comprising: an execution process in which of an encoder system including a plurality of encoders respectively having a head that irradiates a detection light on a grating and receives the detection light from the grating and measures positional information of the movable body in the movable plane, an output of each encoder is constantly taken in, and an operation of switching an encoder used for position control of the movable body from an encoder that has been used for position control of the movable body to another encoder, at a timing in synchronization with the position control of the movable body is executed.
  • the output of each encoder of the encoder system is constantly taken in, and an operation of switching an encoder used for the position control of the movable body from an encoder that has been used for position control of the movable body to another encoder is executed at a timing in synchronization with the position control of the movable body. Therefore, the switching of the encoder will not have to be performed at a high speed, and a highly precise hardware for the switching will not be necessary, which consequently will make cost reduction possible.
  • a fourth movable body drive method in which a movable body is driven in a movement plane including a first axis and a second axis orthogonal to each other, the method comprising: a measuring process in which positional information of the movable body in the movement plane is measured using at least one encoder of an encoder system including a plurality of encoders respectively having a head that irradiates a detection light on a grating and receives the detection light from the grating; a scheduling process in which a combination of encoders subject to a switching where an encoder used for position control of the movable body is switched from an arbitrary encoder to another encoder is made and a switching timing is prepared, based on a movement course of the movable body; and a switching process in which the arbitrary encoder is switched to the another encoder based on the contents prepared in the scheduling.
  • a combination of encoders subject to a switching where an encoder used for position control of the movable body is switched from an arbitrary encoder to another encoder is made and a switching timing is prepared, based on a movement course of the movable body. And when the movable body is moving, the positional information of the movable body in the movement plane is measured using at least one encoder of the encoder system, and based on the contents made out in the scheduling above, the switching from an arbitrary encoder to another encoder is performed. According to this, a reasonable encoder switching according to the target track of the movable body becomes possible.
  • a first movable body drive system in which a movable body is driven in a movement plane including a first axis and a second axis orthogonal to each other, the system comprising: an encoder system having a plurality of encoders respectively having a head that irradiates a detection light on a grating and receives the detection light from the grating, including a first encoder used for measuring positional information of the movable body in a direction parallel to the first axis; and a controller that measures positional information of the movable body in the movement plane using at least one encoder of the encoder system, and also switches at least one of an encoder used for measurement of the positional information of the movable body in the movement plane to another encoder so as to maintain a position of the movable body in the movement plane before and after the switching.
  • the controller switches the encoder used for measurement of the positional information of the movable body in the movement plane from an encoder of either of the at least two encoders to another encoder so that the position of the movable body in the movement plane is maintained before and after the switching. Therefore, although the switching of the encoder used for controlling the position of the movable body is performed, the position of the movable body in the movement plane is maintained before and after the switching, which allows an accurate linkage. Accordingly, it becomes possible to move the movable body two-dimensionally, precisely along a predetermined course, while performing linkage between a plurality of encoders.
  • a second movable body drive system in which a movable body is driven in a movement plane, the system comprising: an encoder system including a plurality of heads that measure positional information of the movable body in the movement plane; and a controller that takes in measurement data corresponding to a detection signal of at least one head of an encoder system at a predetermined control sampling interval when the movable body is driven in a predetermined direction in the movement plane, and drives the movable body so that the measurement error of the head due to a measurement delay that accompanies propagation of the detection signal is corrected, based on a plurality of data that include the most recent measurement data that was taken in the latest and previous measurement data including at least data just before the most recent measurement data, and information of a delay time that accompanies propagation of the detection signal through a propagation path.
  • the movable body when the movable body is driven by the controller in a predetermined direction in the movement plane, the measurement data corresponding to the detection signal of at least one head of the encoder system are taken in at a predetermined control sampling interval, and the movable body is driven so as to correct the measurement error of the head due to a measurement delay that accompanies propagation of the detection signal, based on a plurality of data that include the most recent measurement data that was taken in the latest and previous measurement data including at least data just before the most recent measurement data, and information of a delay time that accompanies propagation of the detection signal through a propagation path. According to this, it becomes possible to drive the movable body with high precision in the desired direction without being affected by the measurement delay that accompanies the detection signals of the head of the encoder propagating through the propagation path.
  • a third movable body drive system in which a movable body is driven in a movement plane, the system comprising: an encoder system including a plurality of heads that measure positional information of the movable body in the movement plane; an interferometer system that measures positional information of the movable body in the movement plane; a processing unit that executes a delay time acquisition processing of driving the movable body in a predetermined direction, taking in a detection signal of each head and a detection signal of the interferometer system simultaneously at a predetermined sampling timing for a plurality of heads of the encoder system during the drive, and based on both detection signals, acquiring information of the delay time of the detection signals of the respective plurality of heads that accompanies the propagation through the propagation path, with the detection signal of the interferometer system serving as a reference; and a controller that drives the movable body, based on measurement data corresponding to the respective detection signals of the plurality of heads of the encoder system
  • the processing unit executes a delay time acquisition process in which a delay time acquisition processing of driving the movable body in a predetermined direction, taking in a detection signal of each head and a detection signal of the interferometer system simultaneously at a predetermined sampling timing for at least a plurality of heads of the encoder system during the drive, and based on both detection signals, acquiring information of the delay time of the detection signals of the respective plurality of heads that accompanies the propagation through the propagation path, with the detection signal of the interferometer system serving as a reference are executed. Accordingly, it becomes possible for the processing unit itself to obtain information of the delay time on each of the plurality of heads with the detection signal of the interferometer system serving as a reference.
  • the controller drives the movable body based on the measurement data corresponding to each detection signal of the plurality of heads of the encoder system and information of the delay time for each of the plurality of heads that has been obtained. Accordingly, even if the delay time is different for each head, it becomes possible to drive the movable body using each encoder of the encoder system with good precision, without being affected by the difference of the delay time between the plurality of heads.
  • a first pattern formation apparatus comprising: a movable body on which an object is mounted, and is movable in a movement plane holding the object; and a movable body drive system according to any one of the first to third movable body drive systems of the present invention that drives the movable body to perform pattern formation with respect to the object.
  • this apparatus by generating a pattern on an object on the movable body driven by any one of the first to third movable body drive systems of the present invention with a patterning unit, it becomes possible to form a desired pattern on the object.
  • a first exposure apparatus that forms a pattern on an object by an irradiation of an energy beam
  • the apparatus comprising: a patterning unit that irradiates the energy beam on the object; and the movable body drive system according to any one of the first to third movable body drive systems of the present invention, wherein the movable body drive system drives the movable body on which the object is mounted for relative movement of the energy beam and the object.
  • the movable body on which the object is mounted is driven by any one of the first to third movable body drive system of the present invention. Accordingly, it becomes possible to form a desired pattern on the object by scanning exposure.
  • a second exposure apparatus that sequentially exchanges an object on a movable body that moves in a movement plane, and forms a pattern respectively on each object by sequentially exposing the object after exchange
  • the apparatus comprising: an encoder system including at least three encoders that measure positional information of the movable body in the movement plane in a predetermined effective area including an exposure position; and a controller that starts position control of the movable body in the movement plane using at least the three encoders of the encoder system once more, each time exchange of the object is performed on the movable body.
  • each time the exchange of the object is performed on the movable body by the controller position control of the movable body in the movement plane using at least three encoders of an encoder system that measure positional information in the movement plane of the movable body in the effective area is started once more. Therefore, each time the object exchange is performed, the position error of the movable body is canceled out, so that the position error of the movable body does not increase with the passage of time. Accordingly, it becomes possible to measure the positional information of the movable body in the movement plane in a predetermined effective area including the exposure position by the encoder system with good precision for over a long time, which makes it possible to maintain the exposure precision for over a long period of time.
  • a fourth movable body drive system in which a movable body is driven in a movement plane, the system comprising: an encoder system including a plurality of encoders respectively having a head that irradiates a detection light on a grating and receives the detection light from the grating and measures positional information of the movable body in the movable plane; and a controller that constantly takes in an output of each encoder of the encoder system, and also executes an operation to switch the encoder used for control of the movable body from an encoder that has been used for position control of the movable body to another encoder in synchronization with the timing of the position control of the movable body.
  • the controller when the movable body is driven, the controller constantly takes in the output of each encoder of the encoder system, and executes an operation of switching an encoder used for position control of the movable body from an encoder that has been used for position control of the movable body to another encoder at a timing in synchronization with the position control of the movable body. Therefore, the switching of the encoder will not have to be performed at a high speed, and a highly precise hardware for the switching will not be necessary, which consequently will make cost reduction possible.
  • a fifth movable body drive system in which a movable body is driven in a movement plane including a first axis and a second axis orthogonal to each other, the system comprising: an encoder system including a plurality of encoders having a head that irradiates a detection light on a grating and receives the detection light from the grating and measures positional information of the movable body in the movable plane; and a controller that makes a combination of encoders subject to a switching where an encoder used for position control of the movable body is switched from an arbitrary encoder to another encoder and prepares a switching timing, based on a movement course of the movable body.
  • the controller makes a combination of encoders subject to a switching where an encoder used for position control of the movable body is switched from an arbitrary encoder to another encoder and prepares a switching timing, based on a movement course of the movable body. And when the movable body is moving, the positional information of the movable body in the movement plane is measured using at least one encoder of the encoder system, and based on the contents made out in the scheduling above, the switching from an arbitrary encoder to another encoder is performed. According to this, a reasonable encoder switching according to the target track of the movable body becomes possible.
  • a second pattern formation apparatus comprising: a movable body on which the object is mounted, and is movable in a movement plane holding the object; and a movable body drive system according to one of the fourth and fifth movable body drive systems of the present invention that drives the movable body to perform pattern formation with respect to the object.
  • this apparatus by generating a pattern on the object on the movable body driven smoothly by one of the fourth and fifth movable body drive systems of the present invention with a patterning unit, it becomes possible to form a pattern on the object with good precision.
  • a third exposure apparatus that forms a pattern on an object by an irradiation of an energy beam
  • the apparatus comprising: a patterning unit that irradiates the energy beam on the object; and the movable body drive system according to one of the fourth and fifth movable body drive systems of the present invention, wherein the movable body drive system drives the movable body on which the object is mounted for relative movement of the energy beam and the object.
  • the movable body on which the object is mounted is driven with good precision by one of the fourth and fifth movable body drive system of the present invention. Accordingly, it becomes possible to form a pattern on the object with good precision by scanning exposure.
  • a fourth exposure apparatus that exposes an object with an energy beam
  • the apparatus comprising: a movable body that holds the object and is movable at least in a first and second directions which are orthogonal in a predetermined plane; an encoder system in which one of a grating section and a head unit is arranged on a surface of the movable body where the object is held and the other is arranged facing the surface of the movable body, and positional information of the movable body in the predetermined plane is measured by a head that faces the grating section of a plurality of heads of the head unit; and a controller that decides the positional information which should be measured by a head after a switching, during the switching of the head used for the measurement that accompanies the movement of the movable body, based on positional information measured by a head before the switching and positional information of the movable body in a direction different from the first and second directions.
  • the position of the movable body is maintained, which allows a smooth switching of the head. Accordingly, it becomes possible to drive the movable body two-dimensionally accurately at least within the predetermined plane, while performing switching between a plurality of heads, which in turn allows exposure of the object on the movable body to be performed with good precision.
  • a fifth exposure apparatus that exposes an object with an energy beam
  • the apparatus comprising: a movable body that holds the object and is movable at least in a first and second directions which are orthogonal in a predetermined plane; an encoder system in which one of a grating section and a head unit is arranged on a surface of the movable body where the object is held and the other is arranged facing the surface of the movable body, and positional information of the movable body in the predetermined plane is measured by a head that faces the grating section of a plurality of heads of the head unit; and a controller that continues the measurement while switching the head used for the measurement to another head during the movement of the movable body, and controls a position of the movable body in the predetermined plane, based on measurement information of the encoder system measured by the another head and positional information of the movable body in a direction different from the first and second directions on the switching.
  • a sixth exposure apparatus that exposes an object with an energy beam
  • the apparatus comprising: a movable body that holds the object and is movable at least in a first and second directions which are orthogonal in a predetermined plane; an encoder system in which one of a grating section and a head unit is arranged on a surface of the movable body where the object is held and the other is arranged facing the surface of the movable body, and positional information of the movable body in the first and second directions, and rotational direction in the predetermined plane is measured by at least three heads that face the grating section of a plurality of heads of the head unit; and a controller that continues the measurement while switching the three heads used for the measurement to three heads having at least one different head during the movement of the movable body, and during the switching, decides position information that should be measured by at least one head of the three heads after the switching which are different from the three heads before the switching, based on positional information
  • the position (including rotation in the predetermined plane) of the movable body is maintained, which allows a smooth switching of the head. Accordingly, it becomes possible to drive the movable body two-dimensionally accurately at least within the predetermined plane, while performing switching between a plurality of heads, which in turn allows exposure of the object on the movable body to be performed with good precision.
  • a seventh exposure apparatus that exposes an object with an energy beam
  • the apparatus comprising: a movable body that holds the object and is movable at least in a first and second directions which are orthogonal in a predetermined plane; an encoder system in which one of a grating section and a head unit is arranged on a surface of the movable body where the object is held and the other is arranged facing the surface of the movable body, and positional information of the movable body in the predetermined plane is measured by a head that faces the grating section of a plurality of heads of the head unit; and a controller that controls a position of the movable body in the predetermined plane, based on positional information of the head used for measuring the positional information in a surface parallel to the predetermined plane and measurement information of the encoder system.
  • the apparatus it becomes possible to drive the movable body two-dimensionally accurately at least within the predetermined plane, which in turn allows exposure of the object on the movable body to be performed with good precision, without being affected by the measurement error of the encoder system due to the shift (for example, shift from the design position) of position of the head used for the measurement of the positional information in a surface parallel to the predetermined plane.
  • an eighth exposure apparatus that exposes an object with an energy beam
  • the apparatus comprising: a movable body that holds the object and is movable at least in a first and second directions which are orthogonal in a predetermined plane; an encoder system in which one of a grating section and a head unit is arranged on a surface of the movable body where the object is held and the other is arranged facing the surface of the movable body, and positional information of the movable body in the predetermined plane is measured by a head that faces the grating section of a plurality of heads of the head unit; and a controller that measures positional information of the plurality of heads of the head unit in a surface parallel to the predetermined plane and controls a position of the movable body in the predetermined plane, based on positional information that has been measured and measurement information of the encoder system.
  • a twenty-fourth aspect of the present invention there is provided third exposure method of exposing an object with an energy beam wherein the object is mounted on a movable body that can move in at least a first and second direction which are orthogonal in a predetermined plane, whereby positional information of the movable body is measured using an encoder system in which one of a grating section and a head unit is arranged on a surface of the movable body where the object is mounted and the other is arranged facing the surface of the movable body, and positional information of the movable body in the predetermined plane is measured by a head that faces the grating section of a plurality of heads of the head unit, and the positional information which should be measured by a head after a switching during the switching of the head used for the measurement that accompanies
  • the position of the movable body is maintained, which allows a smooth switching of the head. Accordingly, it becomes possible to drive the movable body two-dimensionally accurately at least within the predetermined plane, while performing switching between a plurality of heads, which in turn allows exposure of the object on the movable body to be performed with good precision.
  • a fourth exposure method of exposing an object with an energy beam wherein the object is mounted on a movable body that can move in at least a first and second direction which are orthogonal in a predetermined plane, whereby positional information of the movable body is measured using an encoder system in which one of a grating section and a head unit is arranged on a surface of the movable body where the object is mounted and the other is arranged facing the surface of the movable body, and positional information of the movable body in the predetermined plane is measured by a head that faces the grating section of a plurality of heads of the head unit, and the measurement is continued while switching the head used for the measurement to another head during the movement of the movable body, and a position of the movable body in the predetermined plane is controlled based on measurement information of the encoder system measured by the another head and positional information of the movable body in a direction different from the first and second directions
  • a fifth exposure method of exposing an object with an energy beam wherein the object is mounted on a movable body that can move in at least a first and second direction which are orthogonal in a predetermined plane, whereby positional information of the movement body is measured using an encoder system in which one of a grating section and a head unit is arranged on a surface of the movable body where the object is held and the other is arranged facing the surface of the movable body and which also measures positional information of the movable body in the first direction, the second direction, and rotational direction in the predetermined plane with at least three heads that face the grating section of a plurality of heads of the head unit, and the measurement is continued while switching
  • the position (including rotation in the predetermined plane) of the movable body is maintained, which allows a smooth switching of the head. Accordingly, it becomes possible to drive the movable body two-dimensionally accurately at least within the predetermined plane, while performing switching between a plurality of heads, which in turn allows exposure of the object on the movable body to be performed with good precision.
  • a sixth exposure method of exposing an object with an energy beam wherein the object is mounted on a movable body that can move in at least a first and second direction which are orthogonal in a predetermined plane, whereby one of a grating section and a head unit is arranged on a surface of the movable body where the object is held and the other is arranged facing the surface of the movable body, and the position of the movable body in the predetermined plane is controlled, based on measurement information of an encoder system that measures positional information of the movable body in the predetermined plane by a head that faces the grating section of a plurality of heads of the head unit, and positional information of the head used to measure the positional information in a surface parallel to the predetermined plane.
  • the method it becomes possible to drive the movable body two-dimensionally accurately at least within the predetermined plane, which in turn allows exposure of the object on the movable body to be performed with good precision, without being affected by the measurement error of the encoder system due to the shift (for example, shift from the design position) of position of the head used for the measurement of the positional information in a surface parallel to the predetermined plane.
  • a seventh exposure method of exposing an object with an energy beam wherein the object is mounted on a movable body that can move in at least a first and second direction which are orthogonal in a predetermined plane, whereby of an encoder system in which one of a grating section and a head unit is arranged on a surface of the movable body where the object is held and the other is arranged facing the surface of the movable body, and positional information of the movable body in the predetermined plane is measured by a head that faces the grating section of a plurality of heads of the head unit, the positional information of a plurality of heads of the head unit in a surface parallel to the predetermined plane is measured, and based on measured positional information and the measurement information of the encoder system, the position of the movable body in the predetermined plane is controlled.
  • the method it becomes possible to drive the movable body two-dimensionally accurately at least within the predetermined plane, which in turn allows exposure of the object on the movable body to be performed with good precision.
  • a second device manufacturing method including a lithography process wherein in the lithography process, a sensitive object mounted on the movable body is exposed using the exposure method according to one of the third and seventh exposure method of the present invention, and a pattern is formed on the sensitive object.
  • FIG. 1 is a view schematically showing the configuration of an exposure apparatus related to an embodiment
  • FIG. 2 is a planar view showing a stage unit in FIG. 1 ;
  • FIG. 3 is a planar view showing the placement of various measuring apparatuses (such as encoders, alignment systems, a multipoint AF system, and Z sensors) that are equipped in the exposure apparatus in FIG. 1 ;
  • various measuring apparatuses such as encoders, alignment systems, a multipoint AF system, and Z sensors
  • FIG. 4A is a planar view showing a wafer stage
  • FIG. 4B is a schematic side view of a partially sectioned wafer stage WST;
  • FIG. 5A is a planar view showing a measurement stage
  • FIG. 5B is a schematic side view showing a partial cross section of the measurement stage
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing a main configuration of a control system of the exposure apparatus related to an embodiment
  • FIG. 7A is a view showing an example of a configuration of an encoder
  • FIG. 7B is a view showing the case when a laser beam LB having a sectional shape extending narrowly in the periodic direction of grating RG is used as a detection light;
  • FIG. 8A is a view showing a Doppler effect which the light scattered by a movement plane receives
  • FIG. 8B is a view for explaining a relation between incoming light and diffraction light with respect to a reflection type diffraction grating of a beam in the encoder head;
  • FIG. 9A is a view showing a case when a measurement value does not change even if a relative movement in a direction besides the measurement direction occurs between a head of an encoder and a scale
  • FIG. 9B is a view showing a case when a measurement value changes when a relative movement in a direction besides the measurement direction occurs between a head of an encoder and a scale
  • FIGS. 10A to 10 D are views used for describing the case when the measurement value of the encoder changes and the case when the measurement values do not change, when a relative movement in the direction besides the measurement direction occurs between the head and the scale;
  • FIGS. 11A and 11B are views for explaining an operation to acquire correction information to correct a measurement error of an encoder (a first encoder) due to the relative movement of the head and the scale in the direction besides the measurement direction;
  • FIG. 13 is a view for explaining an operation to acquire correction information to correct a measurement error of another encoder (a second encoder) due to the relative movement of the head and the scale in the direction besides the measurement direction;
  • FIG. 14 is a view for describing a calibration process of a head position
  • FIG. 15 is a view for explaining a calibration process to obtain an Abbe offset quantity
  • FIG. 16 is a view for explaining an inconvenience that occurs in the case a plurality of measurement points on the same scale is measured by a plurality of heads;
  • FIG. 17 is a view for explaining a method to measure the unevenness of the scale (No. 1);
  • FIGS. 18A to 18 D are views for explaining a method to measure the unevenness of the scale (No. 2);
  • FIG. 19 is a view for describing an acquisition operation of correction information of the grating pitch of the scale and the correction information of the grating deformation
  • FIG. 20 is a view for explaining a method to obtain a delay time that accompanies a propagation of the detection signal of each Y head through a cable;
  • FIG. 21 is a view for describing an example of a correction method of the measurement error of the encoder due to the measurement delay that accompanies a propagation of the detection signal of each head through a cable;
  • FIGS. 22A and 22B are views for explaining a concrete method to convert a measurement value of the encoder that has been corrected into a position of wafer stage WST;
  • FIGS. 23A and 23B are views for describing a carryover of position measurement of the wafer table in the XY plane by a plurality of encoders which respectively include a plurality of heads placed in the shape of an array and the measurement value between the heads;
  • FIGS. 24A to 24 E are views for explaining a procedure of an encoder switching
  • FIG. 25 is a view for explaining the switching process of the encoder used for position control of the wafer stage in the XY plane;
  • FIG. 26 is a view conceptually showing position control of the wafer stage, intake of the count value of the encoder, and an encoder switching timing;
  • FIG. 27 is a view showing a state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage where exposure to a wafer on the wafer stage is performed by a step-and-scan method;
  • FIG. 28 is a view showing the state of both stages just after the stages shifted from a state where the wafer stage and the measurements stage are distanced to a state where both stages are in contact after exposure has been completed;
  • FIG. 29 is a view showing a state where the measurement stage moves in the ⁇ Y direction and the wafer stage moves toward an unloading position, while maintaining the positional relation between the wafer table and the measurement table in the Y-axis direction;
  • FIG. 30 is a view showing a state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage when the measurement stage arrives at a position where Sec-BCHK (an interval) is performed;
  • FIG. 31 is a view showing a state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage when the wafer stage moves from the unloading position to a loading position, in parallel with the Sec-BCHK (interval) being performed;
  • FIG. 32 is a view showing a state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage when the measurement stage moves to an optimal scrum waiting position and a wafer is loaded on a wafer table;
  • FIG. 33 is a view showing a state of both stages when the wafer stage has moved to a position where the Pri-BCHK former process is performed while the measurement stage is waiting at the optimal scrum waiting position;
  • FIG. 34 is a view showing a state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage when alignment marks arranged in three first alignment shot areas are being simultaneously detected using alignment systems AL 1 , AL 2 2 and AL 2 3 ;
  • FIG. 35 is view showing a state with a wafer stage and the measurement stage when the focus calibration former process is performed
  • FIG. 36 is a view showing a state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage when alignment marks arranged in five second alignment shot areas are being simultaneously detected using alignment systems AL 1 and AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 ;
  • FIG. 37 is a view showing a state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage when at least one of the Pri-BCHK latter process and the focus calibration latter process is being performed;
  • FIG. 38 is a view showing a state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage when alignment marks arranged in five third alignment shot areas are being simultaneously detected using alignment systems AL 1 and AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 ;
  • FIG. 39 is a view showing a state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage when alignment marks arranged in three fourth alignment shot areas are being simultaneously detected using alignment systems AL 1 , AL 2 2 and AL 2 3 ;
  • FIG. 40 is a view showing a state of the wafer stage and the measurement stage when the focus mapping has ended;
  • FIG. 41 is a flow chart for explaining an embodiment of the device manufacturing method.
  • FIG. 42 is a flow chart which shows a concrete example of step 204 of FIG. 41 .
  • FIGS. 1 to 40 An embodiment of the present invention will be described, referring to FIGS. 1 to 40 .
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic configuration of an exposure apparatus 100 related to the embodiment.
  • Exposure apparatus 100 is a scanning exposure apparatus of the step-and-scan method, namely the so-called scanner.
  • a projection optical system PL is arranged in the embodiment, and in the description below, a direction parallel to an optical axis AX of projection optical system PL will be described as the Z-axis direction, a direction within a plane orthogonal to the Z-axis direction in which a reticle and a wafer are relatively scanned will be described as the Y-axis direction, a direction orthogonal to the Z-axis and the Y-axis will be described as the X-axis direction, and rotational (inclination) directions around the X-axis, the Y-axis, and the Z-axis will be described as ⁇ x, ⁇ y, and ⁇ z directions, respectively.
  • Exposure apparatus 100 includes an illumination system 10 , a reticle stage RST that holds a reticle R that is illuminated by an illumination light for exposure (hereinafter, referred to as “illumination light” or “exposure light”) IL from illumination system 10 , a projection unit PU that includes projection optical system PL that projects illumination light IL emitted from reticle R on a wafer W, a stage unit 50 that has a wafer stage WST and a measurement stage MST, their control system, and the like. On wafer stage WST, wafer W is mounted.
  • Illumination system 10 is configured including a light source, an illuminance uniformity optical system, which includes an optical integrator and the like, and n illumination optical system that has a reticle blind and the like (none of which are shown), as is disclosed in, for example, Kokai (Japanese Patent Unexamined Application Publication) No. 2001-313250 (the corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2003/0025890 description) and the like.
  • a slit-shaped illumination area extending in the X-axis direction which is set on reticle R with a reticle blind (a masking system) is illuminated by illumination light (exposure light) IL with a substantially uniform illuminance.
  • illumination light IL for example, an ArF excimer laser beam (wavelength 193 nm) is used.
  • optical integrator for example, a fly-eye lens, a rod integrator (an internal reflection type integrator), a diffractive optical element or the like can be used.
  • Reticle stage RST On reticle stage RST, reticle R on which a circuit pattern or the like is formed on its pattern surface (the lower surface in FIG. 1 ) is fixed, for example, by vacuum chucking.
  • Reticle stage RST is finely drivable or movable in within an XY plane by a reticle stage drive section 11 (not shown in FIG. 1 , refer to FIG. 6 ) that includes a linear motor or the like, and reticle stage RST is also drivable in a predetermined scanning direction (in this case, the Y-axis direction, which is the lateral direction of the page surface in FIG. 1 ) at a designated scanning speed.
  • the positional information (including rotation information in the ⁇ z direction) of reticle stage RST in the movement plane is constantly detected, for example, at a resolution of around 0.5 to 1 nm by a reticle laser interferometer (hereinafter referred to as a “reticle interferometer”) 116 , via a movable mirror 15 (the mirrors actually arranged are a Y movable mirror that has a reflection surface which is orthogonal to the Y-axis direction and an X movable mirror that has a reflection surface orthogonal to the X-axis direction).
  • the measurement values of reticle interferometer 116 are sent to a main controller 20 (not shown in FIG. 1 , refer to FIG. 6 ).
  • Main controller 20 computes the position of reticle stage RST in the X-axis direction, Y-axis direction, and the ⁇ z direction based on the measurement values of reticle interferometer 116 , and also controls the position (and velocity) of reticle stage RST by controlling reticle stage drive section 11 based on the computation results.
  • the edge surface of reticle stage RSV can be mirror polished so as to form a reflection surface (corresponding to the reflection surface of movable mirror 15 ).
  • reticle interferometer 116 can measure positional information of reticle stage RST related to at least one of the Z-axis, ⁇ x, or ⁇ y directions.
  • Projection unit PU is placed below reticle stage RST in FIG. 1 .
  • Projection unit PU includes a barrel 40 , and projection optical system PL that has a plurality of optical elements which are held in a predetermined positional relation inside barrel 40 .
  • projection optical system PL for example, a dioptric system is used, consisting of a plurality of lenses (lens elements) that is disposed along an optical axis AX, which is parallel to the Z-axis direction.
  • Projection optical system PL is, for example, a both-side telecentric dioptric system that has a predetermined projection magnification (such as one-quarter, one-fifth, or one-eighth times).
  • illumination light IL from illumination system 10 illuminates illumination area IAR
  • a reduced image of the circuit pattern (a reduced image of a part of the circuit pattern) of the reticle is formed within illumination area IAR, with illumination light IL that has passed through reticle R which is placed so that its pattern surface substantially coincides with a first plane (an object plane) of projection optical system PL, in an area conjugate to illumination area IAR on wafer W (exposure area) whose surface is coated with a resist (a sensitive agent) and is placed on a second plane (an image plane) side, via projection optical system PL (projection unit PU) and liquid Lq (refer to FIG. 1 ).
  • the reticle stage RST and wafer stage WST being synchronously driven, the reticle is relatively moved in the scanning direction (the Y-axis direction) with respect to illumination area IAR (illumination light IL) while wafer W is relatively moved in the scanning direction (the Y-axis direction) with respect to the exposure area (illumination light IL), thus scanning exposure of a shot area (divided area) on wafer W is performed, and the pattern of the reticle is transferred onto the shot area.
  • illumination area IAR illumination light IL
  • wafer W is relatively moved in the scanning direction (the Y-axis direction) with respect to the exposure area (illumination light IL)
  • the pattern is generated on wafer W according to illumination system 10 , the reticle, and projection optical system PL, and then by the exposure of the sensitive layer (resist layer) on wafer W with illumination light IL, the pattern is formed on wafer W.
  • projection unit PU is mounted on a barrel platform supported by three struts via a vibration isolation mechanism, however, as is disclosed in, for example, the pamphlet of International Publication No. WO 2006/038952 and the like, projection unit PU can be supported by suspension with respect to a mainframe member (not shown) placed above projection unit PU or with respect to a base member on which reticle stage RST is placed.
  • a nozzle unit 32 that constitutes part of a local liquid immersion unit 8 is arranged so as to enclose the periphery of the lower end portion of barrel 40 that holds an optical element that is closest to an image plane side (wafer W side) that constitutes projection optical system PL, which is a lens (hereinafter, also referred to a “tip lens”) 191 in this case.
  • the lower end surface of nozzle unit 32 is set to be substantially flush with the lower end surface of tip lens 191 .
  • nozzle unit 32 is equipped with a supply opening and a recovery opening of liquid Lq, a lower surface to which wafer W is placed facing and at which the recovery opening is arranged, and a supply flow channel and a recovery flow channel that are connected to a liquid supply pipe 31 A and a liquid recovery pipe 31 B respectively.
  • liquid supply pipe 31 A and liquid recovery pipe 31 B are inclined at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction in a planer view (when viewed from above) and are symmetrically placed with respect to a straight line LV in the Y-axis direction that passes through optical axis AX of projection optical system PL.
  • One end of a supply pipe (not shown) is connected to liquid supply pipe 31 A while the other end of the supply pipe is connected to a liquid supply unit 5 (not shown in FIG. 1 , refer to FIG. 6 ), and one end of a recovery pipe (not shown) is connected to liquid recovery pipe 31 B while the other end of the recovery pipe is connected to a liquid recovery unit 6 (not shown in FIG. 1 , refer to FIG. 6 ).
  • Liquid supply unit 5 includes a liquid tank, a compression pump, a temperature controller, a valve for controlling supply/stop of the liquid to liquid supply pipe 31 A, and the like.
  • a valve for example, a flow rate control valve is preferably used so that not only the supply/stop of the liquid but also the adjustment of flow rate can be performed.
  • the temperature controller adjusts the temperature of the liquid within the liquid tank to nearly the same temperature, for example, as the temperature within the chamber (not shown) where the exposure apparatus is housed.
  • the tank for supplying the liquid, the compression pump, the temperature controller, the valve, and the like do not all have to be equipped in exposure apparatus 100 , and at least part of them can also be substituted by the equipment or the like available in the plant where exposure apparatus 100 is installed.
  • Liquid recovery unit 6 includes a liquid tank, a suction pump, a valve for controlling recovery/stop of the liquid via liquid recovery pipe 31 B, and the like.
  • a flow rate control valve is preferably used corresponding to the valve of liquid supply unit 5 .
  • the tank for recovering the liquid, the suction pump, the valve, and the like do not all have to be equipped in exposure apparatus 100 , and at least part of them can also be substituted by the equipment or the like available in the plant where exposure apparatus 100 is installed.
  • pure water (hereinafter, it will simply be referred to as “water” besides the case when specifying is necessary) that transmits the ArF excimer laser light (light with a wavelength of 193 nm) is to be used.
  • Water can be obtained in large quantities at a semiconductor manufacturing plant or the like without difficulty, and it also has an advantage of having no adverse effect on the photoresist on the wafer, to the optical lenses or the like.
  • Refractive index n of the water with respect to the ArF excimer laser light is around 1.44.
  • the wavelength of illumination light IL is 193 nm ⁇ 1/n, shorted to around 134 nm.
  • Liquid supply unit 5 and liquid recovery unit 6 each have a controller, and the respective controllers are controlled by main controller 20 (refer to FIG. 6 ). According to instructions from main controller 20 , the controller of liquid supply unit 5 opens the valve connected to liquid supply pipe 31 A to a predetermined degree to supply water Lq (refer to FIG. 1 ) to the space between tip lens 191 and wafer W via liquid supply pipe 31 A, the supply flow channel and the supply opening.
  • the controller of liquid recovery unit 6 opens the valve connected to liquid recovery pipe 31 B to a predetermined degree to recover water Lq from the space between tip lens 191 and wafer W into liquid recovery unit 6 (the liquid tank) via the recovery opening, the recovery flow channel and liquid recovery pipe 31 B.
  • main controller 20 gives commands to the controllers of liquid supply unit 5 and liquid recovery unit 6 so that the quantity of water supplied to the space between tip lens 191 and wafer W constantly equals the quantity of water recovered from the space. Accordingly, a constant quantity of water Lq is held (refer to FIG. 1 ) in the space between tip lens 191 and wafer W. In this case, water Lq held in the space between tip lens 191 and wafer W is constantly replaced.
  • local liquid immersion unit 8 is configured including nozzle unit 32 , liquid supply unit 5 , liquid recovery unit 6 , liquid supply pipe 31 A and liquid recovery pipe 31 B, and the like.
  • Local liquid immersion unit 8 fills liquid Lq in the space between tip lens 191 and wafer W by nozzle unit 32 , so that a local liquid immersion space (equivalent to a liquid immersion area 14 ) which includes the optical path space of illumination light IL is formed.
  • nozzle unit 32 is also called a liquid immersion space formation member or a containment member (or, a confinement member).
  • At least nozzle unit 32 may also be supported in a suspended state by a main frame (including the barrel platform) that holds projection unit PU, or may also be arranged at another frame member that is separate from the main frame. Or, in the case projection unit PU is supported in a suspended state as is described earlier, nozzle unit 32 may also be supported in a suspended state integrally with projection unit PU, but in the embodiment, nozzle unit 32 is arranged on a measurement frame that is supported in a suspended state independently from projection unit PU. In this case, projection unit PU does not have to be supported in a suspended state.
  • the space between a measurement table (to be described later) and tip lens 191 can be filled with water in a similar manner to the manner described above.
  • one liquid supply pipe (nozzle) and one liquid recovery pipe (nozzle) were arranged as an example, however, the present invention is not limited to this, and a configuration having multiple nozzles as is disclosed in, for example, the pamphlet of International Publication No. WO 99/49504, may also be employed, in the case such an arrangement is possible taking into consideration a relation with adjacent members.
  • the lower surface of nozzle unit 32 can be placed near the image plane (more specifically, a wafer) of projection optical system PL rather than the outgoing plane of tip lens 191 , or, in addition to the optical path of the image plane side of tip lens 191 , a configuration in which the optical path on the object plane side of tip lens 191 is also filled with liquid can be employed.
  • any configuration can be employed, as long as the liquid can be supplied in the space between optical member (tip lens) 191 in the lowest end constituting projection optical system PL and wafer W.
  • the liquid immersion mechanism disclosed in the pamphlet of International Publication No. WO 2004/053955, or the liquid immersion mechanism disclosed in the EP Patent Application Publication No. 1 420 298 can also be applied to the exposure apparatus of the embodiment.
  • stage unit 50 is equipped with wafer stage WST and measurement stage MST that are placed above a base board 12 , an interferometer system 118 (refer to FIG. 6 ) including Y interferometers 16 and 18 that measure position information of stages WST and MST, an encoder system (to be described later) that is used for measuring position information of wafer stage WST on exposure or the like, a stage drive system 124 (refer to FIG. 6 ) that drives stages WST and MST, and the like.
  • an interferometer system 118 including Y interferometers 16 and 18 that measure position information of stages WST and MST
  • an encoder system to be described later
  • stage drive system 124 (refer to FIG. 6 ) that drives stages WST and MST, and the like.
  • a noncontact bearing (not shown), for example, a vacuum preload type hydrostatic air bearing (hereinafter, referred to as an “air pad”) is arranged at a plurality of points.
  • Wafer stage WST and measurement stage MST are supported in a noncontact manner via a clearance of around several ⁇ m above base board 12 , by static pressure of pressurized air that is blown out from the air pad toward the upper surface of base board 12 .
  • stages WST and MST are independently drivable in two-dimensional directions, which are the Y-axis direction (a horizontal direction of the page surface of FIG. 1 ) and the X-axis direction (an orthogonal direction to the page surface of FIG. 1 ) in a predetermined plane (the XY plane), by stage drive system 124 .
  • Y-axis stators 86 and 87 are respectively placed on one side and the other side in the X-axis direction with base board 12 in between.
  • Y-axis stators 86 and 87 are each composed of, for example, a magnetic pole unit that incorporates a permanent magnet group that is made up of a plurality of sets of a north pole magnet and a south pole magnet that are placed at a predetermined distance and alternately along the Y-axis direction.
  • two Y-axis movers 82 and 84 , and two Y-axis movers 83 and 85 are respectively arranged in a noncontact engaged state.
  • four Y-axis movers 82 , 84 , 83 and 85 in total are in a state of being inserted in the inner space of Y-axis stator 86 or 87 whose XZ sectional surface has a U-like shape, and are severally supported in a noncontact manner via a clearance of, for example, around several ⁇ m via the air pad (not shown) with respect to corresponding Y-axis stator 86 or 87 .
  • Each of Y-axis movers 82 , 84 , 83 and 85 is composed of, for example, an armature unit that incorporates armature coils placed at a predetermined distance along the Y-axis direction. That is, in the embodiment, Y-axis movers 82 and 84 made up of the armature units and Y-axis stator 86 made up of the magnetic pole unit constitute moving coil type Y-axis linear motors respectively. Similarly, Y-axis movers 83 and 85 and Y-axis stator 87 constitute moving coil type Y-axis linear motors respectively.
  • each of the four Y-axis linear motors described above is referred to as a Y-axis linear motor 82 , a Y-axis linear motor 84 , a Y-axis linear motor 83 and a Y-axis linear motor 85 as needed, using the same reference codes as their movers 82 , 84 , 83 and 85 .
  • Each of X-axis stators 80 and 81 is composed of, for example, an armature unit that incorporates armature coils placed at a predetermined distance along the X-axis direction.
  • X-axis stator 81 is arranged in a state of being inserted in an opening (not shown) formed at a stage main section 91 (not shown in FIG. 2 , refer to FIG. 1 ) that constitutes part of wafer stage WST.
  • a magnetic pole unit which has a permanent magnet group that is made up of a plurality of sets of a north pole magnet and a south pole magnet placed at a predetermined distance and alternately along the X-axis direction, is arranged inside the opening of stage main section 91 .
  • This magnetic pole unit and X-axis stator 81 constitute a moving magnet type X-axis linear motor that drives stage main section 91 in the X-axis direction.
  • the other X-axis stator, X-axis stator 80 is arranged in a state of being inserted in an opening formed at a stage main section 92 (not shown in FIG. 2 , refer to FIG. 1 ) that constitutes part of measurement stage MST.
  • a magnetic pole unit which is similar to the magnetic pole unit on the wafer stage WST side (stage main section 91 side), is arranged inside the opening of stage main section 92 .
  • This magnetic pole unit and X-axis stator 80 constitute a moving magnet type X-axis linear motor that drives measurement stage MST in the X-axis direction.
  • each of the linear motors described above that constitute stage drive system 124 is controlled by main controller 20 shown in FIG. 6 .
  • each linear motor is not limited to either one of the moving magnet type or the moving coil type, and the types can appropriately be selected as needed.
  • yawing rotation quantity in the ⁇ z direction
  • yawing of measurement stage MST can be controlled.
  • Wafer stage WST includes stage main section 91 previously described and a wafer table WTB that is mounted on stage main section 91 .
  • Wafer table WTB and stage main section 91 are finely driven relative to base board 12 and X-axis stator 81 in the Z-axis direction, the ⁇ x direction, and the ⁇ y direction by a Z leveling mechanism (not shown) (including, for example, a voice coil motor and the like).
  • a Z leveling mechanism including, for example, a voice coil motor and the like.
  • wafer table WTB is finely movable in the Z-axis direction and can also be inclined (tilted) with respect to the XY plane (or the image plane of projection optical system PL).
  • a Z leveling mechanism including, for example, a voice coil motor and the like.
  • stage drive system 124 is shown including each linear motor, the Z leveling mechanism, and the drive system of measurement stage MST described above. Further, wafer table WTB can also be configured finely movable in at least one of the X-axis, the Y-axis, and the ⁇ z directions.
  • wafer table WTB On wafer table WTB, a wafer holder (not shown) that holds wafer W by vacuum suction or the like is arranged.
  • the wafer holder may also be formed integrally with wafer table WTB, but in the embodiment, the wafer holder and wafer table WTB are separately configured, and the wafer holder is fixed inside a recessed portion of wafer table WTB, for example, by vacuum suction or the like.
  • a plate (liquid repellent plate) 28 is arranged, which has the surface (liquid repellent surface) substantially flush with the surface of a wafer mounted on the wafer holder to which liquid repellent processing with respect to liquid Lq is performed, has a rectangular outer shape (contour), and has a circular opening that is formed in the center portion and is slightly larger than the wafer holder (a mounting area of the wafer).
  • Plate 28 is made of materials with a low coefficient of thermal expansion, such as glasses or ceramics (such as Zerodur (the brand name) of Schott AG, Al 2 O 3 , or TiC), and on the surface of plate 28 , a liquid repellent film is formed by, for example, fluorine resin materials, fluorine series resin materials such as polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon®), acrylic resin materials, or silicon series resin materials. Further, as shown in a planer view of wafer table WTB (wafer stage WST) in FIG.
  • wafer table WTB wafer stage WST
  • plate 28 has a first liquid repellent area 28 a whose outer shape (contour) is rectangular enclosing a circular opening, and a second liquid repellent area 28 b that has a rectangular frame (annular) shape placed around the first liquid repellent area 28 a .
  • first liquid repellent area 28 a for example, at the time of an exposure operation, at least part of a liquid immersion area 14 that is protruded from the surface of the wafer is formed, and on the second liquid repellent area 28 b , scales for an encoder system (to be described later) are formed.
  • plate 28 does not have to be flush with the surface of the wafer, that is, may have a different height from that of the surface of the wafer.
  • plate 28 may be a single plate, but in the embodiment, plate 28 is configured by combining a plurality of plates, for example, first and second liquid repellent plates that correspond to the first liquid repellent area 28 a and the second liquid repellent area 28 b respectively.
  • first and second liquid repellent plates that correspond to the first liquid repellent area 28 a and the second liquid repellent area 28 b respectively.
  • pure water is used as liquid Lq as is described above, and therefore, hereinafter the first liquid repellent area 28 a and the second liquid repellent area 28 b are also referred to as a first water repellent plate 28 a and a second water repellent plate 28 b.
  • exposure light IL is irradiated to the first water repellent plate 28 a on the inner side, while exposure light IL is hardly irradiated to the second water repellent plate 28 b on the outer side.
  • a first water repellent area to which water repellent coat having sufficient resistance to exposure light IL (light in a vacuum ultraviolet region, in this case) is applied is formed on the surface of the first water repellent plate 28 a
  • a second water repellent area to which water repellent coat having resistance to exposure light IL inferior to the first water repellent area is applied is formed on the surface of the second water repellent plate 28 b .
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and two types of water repellent coat that have different resistance to exposure light IL may also be applied on the upper surface of the same plate in order to form the first water repellent area and the second water repellent area. Further, the same kind of water repellent coat may be applied to the first and second water repellent areas. For example, only one water repellent area may also be formed on the same plate.
  • a rectangular cutout is formed in the center portion in the X-axis direction, and a measurement plate 30 is embedded inside the rectangular space (inside the cutout) that is enclosed by the cutout and the second water repellent plate 28 b .
  • a fiducial mark FM is formed in the center in the longitudinal direction of measurement plate 30 (on a centerline LL of wafer table WTB), and a pair of aerial image measurement slit patterns (slit-shaped measurement patterns) SL are formed in the symmetrical placement with respect to the center of fiducial mark FM on one side and the other side in the X-axis direction of fiducial mark FM.
  • an L-shaped slit pattern having sides along the Y-axis direction and X-axis direction can be used, as an example.
  • an L-shaped housing 36 in which an optical system containing an objective lens, a mirror, a relay lens and the like is housed is attached in a partially embedded state penetrating through part of the inside of wafer table WTB and stage main section 91 .
  • Housing 36 is arranged in pairs corresponding to the pair of aerial image measurement slit patterns SL, although omitted in the drawing.
  • the optical system inside housing 36 guides illumination light IL that has been transmitted through aerial image measurement slit pattern SL along an L-shaped route and emits the light toward a ⁇ Y direction.
  • the optical system inside housing 36 is described as a light-transmitting system 36 by using the same reference code as housing 36 for the sake of convenience.
  • Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 are formed, respectively.
  • Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 are each composed of a reflective grating (e.g.
  • diffraction grating having a periodic direction in the Y-axis direction in which grid lines 38 having the longitudinal direction in the X-axis direction are formed in a predetermined pitch along a direction parallel to the Y-axis (Y-axis direction).
  • X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 are formed respectively.
  • X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 are each composed of a reflective grating (e.g. diffraction grating) having a periodic direction in the X-axis direction in which grid lines 37 having the longitudinal direction in the Y-axis direction are formed in a predetermined pitch along a direction parallel to the X-axis (X-axis direction).
  • a reflective grating e.g. diffraction grating
  • each scale As each of the scales, the scale made up of a reflective diffraction grating RG (refer to FIG. 7 ) that is created by, for example, hologram or the like on the surface of the second water repellent plate 28 b is used.
  • each scale has gratings made up of narrow slits, grooves or the like that are marked at a predetermined distance (pitch) as graduations.
  • the type of diffraction grating used for each scale is not limited, and not only the diffraction grating made up of grooves or the like that are mechanically formed, but also, for example, the diffraction grating that is created by exposing interference fringe on a photosensitive resin may be used.
  • each scale is created by marking the graduations of the diffraction grating, for example, in a pitch between 138 nm to 4 ⁇ m, for example, a pitch of 1 ⁇ m on a thin plate shaped glass.
  • These scales are covered with the liquid repellent film (water repellent film) described above.
  • the pitch of the grating is shown much wider in FIG. 4A than the actual pitch, for the sake of convenience. The same is true also in other drawings.
  • a glass plate with low-thermal expansion is to be used as the second water repellent plate 28 b .
  • a scale member made up of a glass plate or the like with low-thermal expansion on which a grating is formed may also be fixed on the upper surface of wafer table WTB, by a plate spring (or vacuum suction) or the like so as to prevent local shrinkage/expansion.
  • a water repellent plate to which the same water repellent coat is applied on the entire surface may be used instead of plate 28 .
  • wafer table WTB may also be formed by a low thermal expansion material, and in such a case, a pair of Y scales and a pair of X scales may be directly formed on the upper surface of wafer table WTB.
  • the thickness of the glass plate for example, is 1 mm, and the glass plate is set on the upper surface of the wafer table WST so that its surface is at the same height same as the wafer surface. Accordingly, the distance between the surface of wafer W held on wafer stage WST and the grating surface of the scale in the Z-axis direction is 1 mm.
  • a lay out pattern is arranged for deciding the relative position between an encoder head and a scale near the edge of the scale (to be described later).
  • the lay out pattern is configured from grid lines that have different reflectivity, and when the encoder head scans the pattern, the intensity of the output signal of the encoder changes. Therefore, a threshold value is determined beforehand, and the position where the intensity of the output signal exceeds the threshold value is detected. Then, the relative position between the encoder head and the scale is set, with the detected position as a reference.
  • main controller 20 can obtain the displacement of wafer stage WST in directions of six degrees of freedom (the Z, X, Y, ⁇ z, ⁇ x, and ⁇ y directions) in the entire stroke area from the measurement results of interferometer system 118 (refer to FIG. 6 ).
  • interferometer system 118 includes X interferometers 126 to 128 , Y interferometer 16 , and Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B.
  • each interferometer a multiaxial interferometer that has a plurality of measurement axes is used with an exception for a part of the interferometers.
  • a movable mirror 41 having the longitudinal direction in the X-axis direction is attached via a kinematic support mechanism (not shown), as shown in FIGS. 1 and 4 B.
  • a pair of Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B that configures a part of interferometer system 118 (refer to FIG. 6 ) and irradiates measurement beams on movable mirror 41 is arranged facing movable mirror 41 .
  • movable mirror 41 is designed so that the length in the X-axis direction is longer than reflection surface 17 a of wafer table WTB by at least the interval of Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B.
  • movable mirror 41 is composed of a member having a hexagonal cross-section shape as in a rectangle and an isosceles trapezoid that has been integrated. Mirror-polishing is applied to the surface on the ⁇ Y side of movable mirror 41 , and three reflection surfaces 41 b , 41 a , and 41 c are formed.
  • Reflection surface 41 a configures the edge surface on the ⁇ Y side of movable mirror 41 , and reflection surface 41 a is parallel with the XZ plane and also extends in the X-axis direction.
  • Reflection surface 41 b configures a surface adjacent to the +Z side of reflection surface 41 a , and reflection surface 41 b is parallel with a plane inclined in a clockwise direction in FIG. 4B at a predetermined angle with respect to the XZ plane and also extends in the X-axis direction.
  • Reflection surface 41 c configures a surface adjacent to the ⁇ Z side of reflection surface 41 a , and is arranged symmetrically with reflection surface 41 b , with reflection surface 41 b in between.
  • Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B are placed apart on one side and the other side of Y interferometer 16 in the X-axis direction at a substantially equal distance and at positions slightly lower than Y interferometer 16 , respectively.
  • measurement beam B 1 along the Y-axis direction is projected toward reflection surface 41 b
  • measurement beam B 2 along the Y-axis direction is projected toward reflection surface 41 c (refer to FIG. 4B ).
  • fixed mirror 47 A having a reflection surface orthogonal to measurement beam B 1 reflected off reflection surface 41 b and a fixed mirror 47 B having a reflection surface orthogonal to measurement beam B 2 reflected off reflection surface 41 c are arranged, each extending in the X-axis direction at a position distanced apart from movable mirror 41 in the ⁇ Y-direction by a predetermined distance in a state where the fixed mirrors do not interfere with measurement beams B 1 and B 2 .
  • Fixed mirrors 47 A and 47 B are supported, for example, by the same support body (not shown) arranged in the frame (not shown) which supports projection unit PU.
  • fixed mirrors 47 A and 47 B can be arranged in the measurement frame or the like previously described.
  • movable mirror 41 having three reflection surfaces 41 b , 41 a , and 41 c and fixed mirrors 47 A and 47 B were arranged, however, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, a configuration in which a movable mirror having an inclined surface of 45 degrees is arranged on the side surface of stage main section 91 and a fixed mirror is placed above wafer stage WST can be employed.
  • the fixed mirror can be arranged in the support body previously described or in the measurement frame.
  • Y interferometer 16 projects measurement beams B 4 1 and B 4 2 on reflection surface 17 a of wafer table WTB along a measurement axis in the Y-axis direction spaced apart by an equal distance to the ⁇ X side and the +X side from a straight line that is parallel to the Y-axis which passes through the projection center (optical axis AX, refer to FIG. 1 ) of projection optical system PL, and by receiving each reflected light, detects the position of wafer table WTB in the Y-axis direction (a Y position) at the irradiation point of measurement beams B 4 1 and B 4 2 .
  • measurement beams B 4 1 and B 4 2 are representatively shown as measurement beam B 4 .
  • Y interferometer 16 projects a measurement beam B 3 toward reflection surface 41 a along a measurement axis in the Y-axis direction with a predetermined distance in the Z-axis direction spaced between measurement beams B 4 1 and B 4 2 , and by receiving measurement beam B 3 reflected off reflection surface 41 a , detects the Y position of reflection surface 41 a (more specifically wafer stage WST) of movable mirror 41 .
  • Main controller 20 computes the Y position (or to be more precise, displacement A Y in the Y-axis direction) of reflection surface 17 a , or more specifically, wafer table WTB (wafer stage WST), based on an average value of the measurement values of the measurement axes corresponding to measurement beams B 4 1 and B 4 2 of Y interferometer 16 . Further, main controller 20 computes displacement (yawing amount) ⁇ z (Y) in the ⁇ z direction of wafer stage WST, based on a difference of the measurement values of the measurement axes corresponding to measurement beams B 4 1 and B 4 2 .
  • main controller 20 computes displacement (pitching amount) ⁇ x in the ⁇ x direction of wafer stage WST, based on the Y position (displacement ⁇ Y in the Y-axis direction) of reflection surface 17 a and reflection surface 41 a.
  • X interferometer 126 projects measurement beams B 5 1 and B 5 2 on wafer table WTB along the dual measurement axes spaced apart from straight line LH previously described by the same distance, and based on the measurement values of the measurement axes corresponding to measurement beams B 5 1 and B 5 2 , main controller 20 computes a position (an X position, or to be more precise, displacement ⁇ X in the X-axis direction) of wafer stage WST in the X-axis direction.
  • main controller 20 computes displacement (yawing amount) ⁇ z (X) of wafer stage WST in the ⁇ z direction from a difference of the measurement values of the measurement axes corresponding to measurement beams B 5 1 and B 5 2 .
  • ⁇ z (X) obtained from X interferometer 126 and ⁇ z (Y) obtained from Y interferometer 16 are equal to each other, and represents displacement (yawing amount) ⁇ z of wafer stage WST in the ⁇ z direction.
  • a measurement beam B 7 is emitted from X interferometer 128 along a measurement axis parallel to the X-axis.
  • X interferometer 128 actually projects measurement beam B 7 on reflection surface 17 b of wafer table WTB located in the vicinity of an unloading position UP and a loading position LP along a measurement axis, which is parallel to the X-axis and joins unloading position UP and loading position LP (refer to FIG. 3 ) as in the description later on.
  • a measurement beam B 6 from X interferometer 127 is projected on reflection surface 17 b of wafer table WTB.
  • Measurement beam B 6 is actually projected on reflection surface 17 b of wafer table WTB along a measurement axis parallel to the X-axis that passes through the detection center of a primary alignment system AL 1 .
  • Main controller 20 can obtain displacement ⁇ X of wafer table WTB in the X-axis direction from the measurement values of length measurement beam B 6 of X interferometer 127 and the measurement values of length measurement beam B 7 of X interferometer 128 .
  • the three X interferometers 126 , 127 , and 128 are placed differently regarding the Y-axis direction, and X interferometer 126 is used at the time of exposure as shown in FIG. 27 , X interferometer 127 is used at the time of wafer alignment as shown in FIG. 34 and the like, and X interferometer 128 is used at the time of wafer loading shown in FIG. 32 and wafer unloading shown in FIG. 30 .
  • measurement beams B 1 and B 2 that proceed along the Y-axis are projected toward movable mirror 41 , respectively.
  • These measurement beams B 1 and B 2 are incident on reflection surfaces 41 b and 41 c of movable mirror 41 , respectively, at a predetermined angle of incidence (the angle is to be ⁇ /2).
  • measurement beams B 1 and B 2 are reflected off reflection surfaces 41 b and 41 c , respectively, and are incident on the reflection surfaces of fixed mirrors 47 A and 47 B perpendicularly.
  • measurement beams B 1 and B 2 which were reflected off the reflection surface of fixed mirrors 47 A and 47 B, are reflected off reflection surfaces 41 b and 41 c again (returns the optical path at the time of incidence), respectively, and are received by Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B.
  • ⁇ Zo and ⁇ Yo can be obtained using the following formulas (3) and (4).
  • ⁇ Zo ( ⁇ L 2 ⁇ L 1)/2 sin ⁇ (3)
  • ⁇ Yo ( ⁇ L 1 + ⁇ L 2)/ ⁇ 2(1+cos ⁇ ) ⁇ (4)
  • Displacements ⁇ Zo and ⁇ Yo above can be obtained with Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B. Therefore, displacement which is obtained using Z interferometer 43 A is to be ⁇ ZoR and ⁇ YoR, and displacement which is obtained using Z interferometer 43 B is to be ⁇ ZoL and ⁇ YoL. And the distance between measurement beams B 1 and B 2 projected by Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B, respectively, in the X-axis direction is to be a distance D (refer to FIG. 2 ).
  • displacement (yawing amount) ⁇ z of movable mirror 41 (more specifically wafer stage WST) in the ⁇ z direction and displacement (rolling amount) ⁇ y of movable mirror 41 (more specifically wafer stage WST) in the ⁇ y direction can be obtained by the following formulas (5) and (6).
  • main controller 20 can compute displacement of wafer stage WST in four degree of freedom, ⁇ Zo, ⁇ Yo, ⁇ z, and ⁇ y, based on the measurement results of Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B.
  • main controller 20 can obtain displacement of wafer stage WST in directions of six degrees of freedom (Z, X, Y, ⁇ z, ⁇ x, and ⁇ y directions).
  • interferometer system 118 could measure the positional information of wafer stage WST in directions of six degrees of freedom, however, the measurement direction is not limited to directions of six degrees of freedom, and the measurement direction can be directions of five degrees of freedom or less.
  • wafer stage WST (91, WTB) is a single stage that can move in six degrees of freedom
  • wafer stage WST can be configured including stage main section 91 which can move freely in the XY plane, and wafer table WTB mounted on stage main section 91 that can be finely driven relative to stage main section 91 at least in the Z-axis direction, the ⁇ x direction, and the ⁇ y direction.
  • movable mirror 41 described earlier is arranged in wafer table WTB.
  • a movable mirror consisting of a plane mirror can be arranged in wafer table WTB.
  • positional information positional information in directions of three degrees of freedom including rotary information in the ⁇ z direction
  • wafer stage WST wafer table WTB
  • the measurement values of interferometer 16 , 126 , and 127 are used secondarily as backup or the like, such as in the case of correcting (calibrating) a long-term change (due to, for example, temporal deformation of a scale) of the measurement values of the encoder system, and in the case of output abnormality in the encoder system.
  • positional information in directions of three degrees of freedom including the X-axis direction, the Y-axis direction and the ⁇ z direction is measured by the encoder system described later on, and the remaining directions of three degrees of freedom, or more specifically, the positional information in the Z-axis direction, the ⁇ x direction, and the E y direction is measured by a measurement system which will also be described later that has a plurality of Z sensors.
  • Positional information of the remaining directions of three degrees of freedom can be measured by both the measurement system and interferometer system 118 .
  • positional information in the Z-axis direction and the ⁇ y direction can be measured by the measurement system
  • positional information in the ⁇ x direction can be measured by interferometer system 118 .
  • interferometer system 118 (such as an optical system) may be arranged at the main frame that holds projection unit PU, or may also be arranged integrally with projection unit PU that is supported in a suspended state as is described above, however, in the embodiment, interferometer system 118 is to be arranged at the measurement frame described above.
  • Measurement stage MST includes stage main section 92 previously described, and measurement table MTB mounted on stage main section 92 .
  • Measurement table MTB is mounted on stage main section 92 , via the Z leveling mechanism (not shown).
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, measurement stage MST can employ the so-called coarse and fine movement structure in which measurement table MTB can be finely driven in the X-axis direction, the Y-axis direction, and the ⁇ z direction with respect to stage main section 92 , or measurement table MTB can be fixed to stage main section 92 , and all of measurement stage MST including measurement table MTB and stage main section 92 can be configured drivable in directions of six degrees of freedom.
  • Various measurement members are arranged at measurement table MTB (and stage main section 92 ).
  • measurement members for example, as shown in FIGS. 2 and 5 A, members such as an uneven illuminance measuring sensor 94 that has a pinhole-shaped light-receiving section which receives illumination light IL on an image plane of projection optical system PL, an aerial image measuring instrument 96 that measures an aerial image (projected image) of a pattern projected by projection optical system PL, a wavefront aberration measuring instrument 98 by the Shack-Hartman method that is disclosed in, for example, the pamphlet of International Publication No. WO 03/065428 and the like are employed.
  • wavefront aberration measuring instrument 98 the one disclosed in, for example, the pamphlet of International Publication No. WO 99/60361 (the corresponding EP Patent Application Publication No. 1 079 223) can also be used.
  • irregular illuminance sensor 94 the configuration similar to the one that is disclosed in, for example, Kokai (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication) No. 57-117238 (the corresponding U.S. Pat. No. 4,465,368) and the like can be used.
  • aerial image measuring instrument 96 the configuration similar to the one that is disclosed in, for example, Kokai (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication) No. 2002-014005 (the corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No.
  • measurement members for example, measurement members such as a transmittance measuring instrument that measures a transmittance of projection optical system PL, and/or a measuring instrument that observes local liquid immersion unit 8 , for example, nozzle unit 32 (or tip lens 191 ) or the like may also be used.
  • members different from the measurement members such as a cleaning member that cleans nozzle unit 32 , tip lens 191 or the like may also be mounted on measurement stage MST.
  • the sensors that are frequently used such as irregular illuminance sensor 94 and aerial image measuring instrument 96 are placed on a centerline CL (Y-axis passing through the center) of measurement stage MST. Therefore, in the embodiment, measurement using these sensors can be performed by moving measurement stage MST only in the Y-axis direction without moving the measurement stage in the X-axis direction.
  • an illuminance monitor that has a light-receiving section having a predetermined area size that receives illumination light IL on the image plane of projection optical system PL may also be employed, which is disclosed in, for example, Kokai (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication) No. 11-016816 (the corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0061469) and the like.
  • the illuminance monitor is also preferably placed on the centerline.
  • liquid immersion exposure is performed in which wafer W is exposed with exposure light (illumination light) IL via projection optical system PL and liquid (water) Lq, and accordingly irregular illuminance sensor 94 (and the illuminance monitor), aerial image measuring instrument 96 and wavefront aberration measuring instrument 98 that are used in measurement using illumination light IL receive illumination light IL via projection optical system PL and water.
  • irregular illuminance sensor 94 and the illuminance monitor
  • aerial image measuring instrument 96 and wavefront aberration measuring instrument 98 that are used in measurement using illumination light IL receive illumination light IL via projection optical system PL and water.
  • each sensor such as the optical system may be mounted on measurement table MTB (and stage main section 92 ), or the entire sensor may be placed on measurement table MTB (and stage main section 92 ).
  • a frame-shaped attachment member 42 is fixed to the end surface on the ⁇ Y side of stage main section 92 of measurement stage MST. Further, to the end surface on the ⁇ Y side of stage main section 92 , a pair of photodetection systems 44 are fixed in the vicinity of the center position in the X-axis direction inside an opening of attachment member 42 , in the placement capable of facing a pair of light-transmitting systems 36 described previously.
  • Each of photodetection systems 44 is composed of an optical system such as a relay lens, a light receiving element such as a photomultiplier tube, and a housing that houses them. As it can be easily imagined from FIGS.
  • illumination light IL that has been transmitted through each aerial image measurement slit pattern SL of measurement plate 30 is guided by each light-transmitting system 36 and received by the light-receiving element of each photodetection system 44 . That is, measurement plate 30 , light-transmitting systems 36 and photodetection systems 44 constitute an aerial image measuring unit 45 (refer to FIG. 6 ), which is similar to the one disclosed in Kokai (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication) No. 2002-014005 (the corresponding U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0041377) referred to previously, and the like.
  • a confidential bar (hereinafter, shortly referred to as a “CD bar”) 46 that is made up of a bar-shaped member having a rectangular sectional shape and serves as a reference member is arranged extending in the X-axis direction.
  • CD bar 46 is kinematically supported on measurement stage MST by a full-kinematic mount structure. Since CD bar 46 serves as a prototype standard (measurement standard), an optical glass ceramic that has a low thermal expansion, such as Zerodur (the brand name) of Schott AG is employed as the material. The flatness degree of the upper surface (the surface) of CD bar 46 is set high to be around the same level as a so-called datum plane plate. Further, as shown in FIG. 5A , a reference grating (e.g. diffraction grating) 52 whose periodic direction is the Y-axis direction is respectively formed in the vicinity of the end portions on one side and the other side in the longitudinal direction of CD bar 46 .
  • a reference grating e.g. diffraction grating
  • the pair of reference gratings 52 are formed placed apart from each other at a predetermined distance (which is to be “L”) in the symmetrical placement with respect to the center in the X-axis direction of CD bar 46 , that is, centerline CL described above.
  • distance L is distance more than 400 mm incidentally.
  • a plurality of reference marks M are formed in the placement as shown in FIG. 5A .
  • the plurality of reference marks M are formed in three-row arrays in the Y-axis direction in the same pitch, and the array of each row is formed being shifted from each other by a predetermined distance in the X-axis direction.
  • a two-dimensional mark having a size that can be detected by a primary alignment system and secondary alignment systems (to be described later) is used.
  • Reference mark M may also be different in shape (constitution) from fiducial mark FM, but in the embodiment, reference mark M and fiducial mark FM have the same constitution and also they have the same constitution with that of an alignment mark of wafer W.
  • the surface of CD bar 46 and the surface of measurement table MTB (which may include the measurement members described above) are also covered with a liquid repellent film (water repellent film) severally.
  • reflection surfaces 19 a and 19 b are formed similar to wafer table WTB as is described above (refer to FIGS. 2 and 5 A).
  • an interferometer beam (measurement beam)
  • a Y interferometer 18 and an X interferometer 130 (X-axis interferometer 130 is not shown in FIG. 1 , refer to FIG. 2 ) of interferometer system 118 (refer to FIG. 6 ) measure a displacement of each reflection surface from a datum position, that is, positional information of measurement stage MST (e.g. including at least positional information in the X-axis and Y-axis directions and rotation information in the ⁇ z direction), and the measurement values are supplied to main controller 20 .
  • positional information of measurement stage MST e.g. including at least positional information in the X-axis and Y-axis directions and rotation information in the ⁇ z direction
  • a primary alignment system AL 1 is placed on straight line LV passing through the center of projection unit PU (optical axis AX of projection optical system PL, which also coincides with the center of exposure area IA in the embodiment) and being parallel to the Y-axis, and has a detection center at a position that is spaced apart from the optical axis at a predetermined distance on the ⁇ Y side as shown in FIG. 3 , although omitted in FIG. 1 from the viewpoint of avoiding intricacy of the drawing.
  • Primary alignment system AL 1 is fixed to the lower surface of a main frame (not shown) via a support member 54 .
  • secondary alignment systems AL 2 1 and AL 2 2 , and AL 2 3 and AL 2 4 whose detection centers are substantially symmetrically placed with respect to straight line LV are severally arranged. That is, five alignment systems AL 1 and AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 are placed so that their detection centers are placed at different positions in the X-axis direction, that is, placed along the X-axis direction.
  • a part of each secondary alignment system AL 2 n (e.g. including at least an optical system that irradiates an alignment light to a detection area and also leads the light that is generated from a subject mark within the detection area to a light-receiving element) is fixed to arm 56 n and the remaining section is arranged at the main frame that holds projection unit PU.
  • the X-positions of secondary alignment systems AL 2 1 , AL 2 2 , AL 2 3 and AL 2 4 are severally adjusted by rotating around rotation center O as the center.
  • the detection areas (or the detection centers) of secondary alignment systems AL 2 1 , AL 2 2 , AL 2 3 and AL 2 4 are independently movable in the X-axis direction.
  • the relative positions of the detection areas of primary alignment system AL 1 and secondary alignment systems AL 2 1 , AL 2 2 , AL 2 3 and AL 2 4 are adjustable in the X-axis direction.
  • the X-positions of secondary alignment systems AL 2 1 , AL 2 2 , AL 2 3 and AL 2 4 are to be adjusted by the rotation of the arms.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and a drive mechanism that drives secondary alignment systems AL 2 1 , AL 2 2 , AL 2 3 and AL 2 4 back and forth in the X-axis direction may also be arranged. Further, at least one of secondary alignment systems AL 2 1 , AL 2 2 , AL 2 3 and AL 2 4 can be moved not only in the X-axis direction but also in the Y-axis direction. Incidentally, since part of each secondary alignment system AL 2 n is moved by arm 56 n , positional information of the part that is fixed to arm 56 n is measurable by a sensor (not shown) such as, for example, an interferometer or an encoder.
  • a sensor not shown
  • a sensor such as, for example, an interferometer or an encoder.
  • the sensor may only measure position information in the X-axis direction of secondary alignment system AL 2 n , or may be capable of measuring position information in another direction, for example, the Y-axis direction and/or the rotation direction (including at least one of the ⁇ x and ⁇ y directions).
  • an electromagnet may also be employed instead of vacuum pad 58 .
  • each of primary alignment system AL 1 and four secondary alignment systems AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 for example, an FIA (Field Image Alignment) system by an image processing method is used that irradiates a broadband detection beam that does not expose resist on a wafer to a subject mark, and picks up an image of the subject mark formed on a light-receiving plane by the reflected light from the subject mark and an image of an index (an index pattern on an index plate arranged within each alignment system) (not shown), using an imaging device (such as CCD), and then outputs their imaging signals.
  • the imaging signal from each of primary alignment system AL 1 and four secondary alignment systems AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 is supplied to main controller 20 in FIG. 6 .
  • each of the alignment systems described above is not limited to the FIA system, and an alignment sensor, which irradiates a coherent detection light to a subject mark and detects a scattered light or a diffracted light generated from the subject mark or makes two diffracted lights (e.g. diffracted lights of the same order or diffracted lights being diffracted in the same direction) generated from the subject mark interfere and detects an interference light, can naturally be used alone or in combination as needed.
  • five alignment systems AL 1 and AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 are to be arranged in the embodiment.
  • the number of alignment systems is not limited to five, but may be the number equal to or more than two and equal to or less than four, or may be the number equal to or more than six, or may be the even number, not the odd number.
  • five alignment systems AL 1 and AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 are to be fixed to the lower surface of the main frame that holds projection unit PU, via support member 54 .
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, the five alignment systems may also be arranged on the measurement frame described earlier.
  • alignment systems AL 1 and AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 detect alignment marks on wafer W and reference marks on and CD bar 46 , in the embodiment, the systems will also be simply referred to as a mark detection system.
  • head units 62 A to 62 D of the encoder system are placed in a state of surrounding nozzle unit 32 on all four sides.
  • head units 62 A to 62 D are fixed to the foregoing main frame that holds projection unit PU in a suspended state via a support member, although omitted in FIG. 3 from the viewpoint of avoiding intricacy of the drawings.
  • head units 62 A to 62 D may be supported in a suspended state integrally with projection unit PU, or may be arranged at the measurement frame described above.
  • Head units 62 A and 62 C are respectively placed on the +X side and ⁇ X side of projection unit PU having the longitudinal direction in the X-axis direction, and are also placed apart at the substantially same distance from optical axis AX of projection optical system PL symmetrically with respect to optical axis AX of projection optical system PL. Further, head units 62 B and 62 D are respectively placed on the +Y side and ⁇ Y side of projection unit PU having the longitudinal direction in the Y-axis direction and are also placed apart at the substantially same distance from optical axis AX of projection optical system PL.
  • head units 62 A and 62 C are each equipped with a plurality of (six in this case) Y heads 64 that are placed at a predetermined distance on a straight line LH that passes through optical axis AX of projection optical system PL and is parallel to the X-axis, along the X-axis direction.
  • Head unit 62 A constitutes a multiple-lens (six-lens in this case) Y linear encoder (hereinafter, shortly referred to as a “Y encoder” or an “encoder” as needed) 70 A (refer to FIG.
  • head unit 62 C constitutes a multiple-lens (six-lens, in this case) Y linear encoder 70 C (refer to FIG. 6 ) that measures the Y-position of wafer stage WST (wafer table WTB) using Y scale 39 Y 2 described above.
  • a distance between adjacent Y heads 64 i.e.
  • Y head 64 located innermost is fixed to the lower end portion of barrel 40 of projection optical system PL (to be more accurate, to the side of nozzle unit 32 enclosing tip lens 191 ) so as to be placed as close as possible to the optical axis of projection optical system PL.
  • head unit 62 B is equipped with a plurality of (seven in this case) X heads 66 that are placed on straight line LV at a predetermined distance along the Y-axis direction.
  • head unit 62 D is equipped with a plurality of (eleven in this case, out of eleven X heads, however, three X heads that overlap primary alignment system AL 1 are not shown in FIG. 3 ) X heads 66 that are placed on straight line LV at a predetermined distance.
  • Head unit 62 B constitutes a multiple-lens (seven-lens, in this case) X linear encoder (hereinafter, shortly referred to as an “X encoder” or an “encoder” as needed) 70 B (refer to FIG.
  • head unit 62 D constitutes a multiple-lens (eleven-lens, in this case) X linear encoder 70 D (refer to FIG. 6 ) that measures the X-position of wafer stage WST (wafer table WTB) using X scale 39 X 2 described above.
  • X linear encoder 70 D (refer to FIG. 6 ) that measures the X-position of wafer stage WST (wafer table WTB) using X scale 39 X 2 described above.
  • two X heads 66 out of eleven X heads 66 that are equipped in head unit 62 D simultaneously face X scale 39 X 1 and X scale 39 X 2 respectively in some cases.
  • X scale 39 X 1 and X head 66 facing X scale 39 X 1 constitute X linear encoder 70 B
  • X scale 39 X 2 and X head 66 facing X scale 39 X 2 constitute X linear encoder 70 D.
  • some of eleven X heads 66 are attached to the lower surface side of support member 54 of primary alignment system AL 1 . Further, a distance between adjacent X heads 66 (measurement beams) that are equipped in each of head units 62 B and 62 D is set shorter than a width in the Y-axis direction of X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 (to be more accurate, a length of grid line 37 ).
  • X head 66 located innermost out of a plurality of X heads 66 that are quipped in each of head units 62 B and 62 D is fixed to the lower end portion of the barrel of projection optical system PL (to be more accurate, to the side of nozzle unit 32 enclosing tip lens 191 ) so as to be placed as close as possible to the optical axis of projection optical system PL.
  • Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 are respectively arranged, whose detection points are placed on a straight line parallel to the X-axis that passes through the detection center of primary alignment system AL 1 and are substantially symmetrically placed with respect to the detection center.
  • the distance between Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 is set substantially equal to distance L described previously.
  • Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 face Y scales 39 Y 2 and 39 Y 1 respectively in a state where the center of wafer W on wafer stage WST is on straight line LV as shown in FIG. 3 .
  • Y scales 39 Y 2 and 39 Y 1 are placed facing Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 respectively, and the Y-position (and the ⁇ z rotation) of wafer stage WST is measured by Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 (i.e. Y encoders 70 C and 70 A composed of Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 ).
  • a pair of reference gratings 52 of CD bar 46 face Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 respectively, and the Y-position of CD bar 46 is measured at the position of each of reference gratings 52 by Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 and facing reference gratings 52 .
  • encoders that are composed of Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 facing reference gratings 52 respectively are referred to as Y-axis linear encoders 70 E and 70 F (refer to FIG. 6 ).
  • Six linear encoders 70 A to 70 F described above measure the positional information of wafer stage WST in each measurement direction at a resolution of, for example, around 0.1 nm, and the measurement values (measurement information) are supplied to main controller 20 .
  • Main controller 20 controls the position within the XY plane of wafer table WTB based on the measurement values of linear encoders 70 A to 70 D, and also controls the rotation in the ⁇ z direction of CD bar 46 based on the measurement values of linear encoders 70 E and 70 F.
  • the configuration and the like of the linear encoder will be described further later in the description.
  • a position measuring unit that measures positional information of wafer W in the Z-axis direction is arranged.
  • a position measuring unit that measures positional information of wafer W in the Z-axis direction is arranged.
  • a multipoint focal position detecting system (hereinafter, shortly referred to as a “multipoint AF system”) by an oblique incident method is arranged, which is composed of an irradiation system 90 a and a photodetection system 90 b , and has the configuration similar to the one disclosed in, for example, Kokai (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication) No. 06-283403 (the corresponding U.S. Pat. No. 5,448,332) and the like.
  • irradiation system 90 a is placed on the ⁇ Y side of the ⁇ X end portion of head unit 62 C and photodetection system 90 b is placed on the ⁇ Y side of the +X end portion of head unit 62 A in a state of opposing irradiation system 90 a.
  • a plurality of detection points of the multipoint AF system ( 90 a , 90 b ) are placed at a predetermined distance along the X-axis direction on the surface to be detected, although it is omitted in the drawings.
  • the plurality of detection points are placed, for example, in the arrangement of a matrix having one row and M columns (M is a total number of detection points) or having two rows and N columns (N is a half of a total number of detection points).
  • the plurality of detection points to which a detection beam is severally irradiated are not individually shown, but are shown as an elongate detection area (beam area) AF that extends in the X-axis direction between irradiation system 90 a and photodetection system 90 b . Since the length of detection area AF in the X-axis direction is set to around the same as the diameter of wafer W, position information (surface position information) in the Z-axis direction across the entire surface of wafer W can be measured by only scanning wafer W in the Y-axis direction once.
  • detection area AF is placed between liquid immersion area 14 (exposure area IA) and the detection areas of the alignment systems (AL 1 , AL 2 1 , AL 2 2 , AL 2 3 and AL 2 4 ) in the Y-axis direction, the detection operations of the multipoint AF system and the alignment systems can be performed in parallel.
  • the multipoint AF system may also be arranged on the main frame that holds projection unit PU or the like, but is to be arranged on the measurement frame described earlier in the embodiment.
  • the plurality of detection points are to be placed in one row and M columns, or two rows and N columns, but the number(s) of rows and/or columns is/are not limited to these numbers.
  • the positions in the X-axis direction of detection points are preferably made to be different even between the different rows.
  • the plurality of detection points is to be placed along the X-axis direction.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and all of or some of the plurality of detection points may also be placed at different positions in the Y-axis direction.
  • the plurality of detection points may also be placed along a direction that intersects both of the X-axis and the Y-axis.
  • the positions of the plurality of detection points only have to be different at least in the X-axis direction.
  • a detection beam is to be irradiated to the plurality of detection points in the embodiment, but a detection beam may also be irradiated to, for example, the entire area of detection area AF.
  • the length of detection area AF in the X-axis direction does not have to be nearly the same as the diameter of wafer W.
  • Z sensors in the vicinity of detection points located at both ends out of a plurality of detection points of the multipoint AF system, that is, in the vicinity of both end portions of beam area AF, one each pair of surface position sensors for Z position measurement (hereinafter, shortly referred to as “Z sensors”), that is, a pair of Z sensors 72 a and 72 b and a pair of Z sensors 72 c and 72 d are arranged in the symmetrical placement with respect to straight line LV.
  • Z sensors 72 a to 72 d are fixed to the lower surface of a main frame (not shown).
  • Z sensors 72 a to 72 d a sensor that irradiates a light to wafer table WTB from above, receives the reflected light and measures position information of the wafer table WTB surface in the Z-axis direction orthogonal to the XY plane, as an example, an optical displacement sensor (sensor by an optical pickup method), which has the configuration like an optical pickup used in a CD drive unit, is used.
  • Z sensors 72 a to 72 d may also be arranged on the measurement frame described above or the like.
  • Z sensors 74 1,j and 74 2,j that make a pair are disposed symmetrical to straight line LH.
  • the plurality of pairs (in this case, six pairs) of Z sensors 74 1,j and 74 2,j and a plurality of Y heads 64 are placed alternately in the X-axis direction.
  • a sensor by an optical pickup method similar to Z sensors 72 a to 72 d is used as each Z sensor 74 i,j .
  • the distance between each pair of Z sensors 74 1,j and 74 2,j that are located symmetrically with respect to straight line LH is set to be the same distance as the distance between Z sensors 74 a and 74 b previously described. Further, a pair of Z sensors 74 1,4 and 74 2,4 are located on the same straight line in the Y-axis direction as Z sensors 72 a and 72 b.
  • Z sensors 76 p,q a sensor by an optical pickup method similar to Z sensors 72 a to 72 d is used.
  • a pair of Z sensors 76 1,3 and 76 2,3 are located on the same straight line in the Y-axis direction as Z sensors 72 c and 72 d .
  • Z sensors 74 i,j and 76 p,q are installed, for example, at the mainframe or the measurement frame previously described. Further, in the embodiment, the measurement system that has Z sensors 72 a to 72 d , and 74 i,j and 76 p,q measures positional information of wafer stage WST in the Z-axis direction using one or a plurality of Z sensors that face the scale previously described. Therefore, in the exposure operation, Z sensors 74 i,j and 76 p,q used for position measurement are switched, according to the movement of wafer stage WST.
  • Y scale 39 Y 1 and at least one Z sensor 76 p,q face each other
  • Y scale 39 Y 2 and at least one Z sensor 74 i,j also face each other.
  • the measurement system can measure not only positional information of wafer stage WST in the Z-axis direction, but also positional information (rolling) in the ⁇ y direction.
  • each Z sensor of the measurement system detects a grating surface (a formation surface of a diffraction grating) of the scale, however, the measurement system can also detect a surface that is different from the grating surface, such as, for example, a surface of the cover glass that covers the grating surface.
  • a reference code 14 indicates a liquid immersion area that is formed by water Lq held in the space between measurement stage MST and tip lens 191 .
  • a reference code 78 indicates a local air-conditioning system that blows dry air whose temperature is adjusted to a predetermined temperature to the vicinity of a beam path of the multipoint AF system ( 90 a , 90 b ) by, for example, downflow as is indicated by outline arrows in FIG. 3 .
  • a reference code UP indicates an unloading position where a wafer on wafer table WTB is unloaded
  • a reference code LP indicates a loading position where a wafer is loaded on wafer table WTB.
  • unloading position UP and loading position LP are set symmetrically with respect to straight line LV.
  • unloading position UP and loading position LP may be the same position.
  • FIG. 6 shows the main configuration of the control system of exposure apparatus 100 .
  • the control system is mainly configured of main controller 20 composed of a microcomputer (or workstation) that performs overall control of the entire apparatus.
  • a memory 34 which is an auxiliary memory connecting to main controller 20 .
  • correction information which will be described below, is stored.
  • various sensors such as irregular illuminance sensor 94 , aerial image measuring instrument 96 and wavefront aberration measuring instrument 98 that are arranged at measurement stage MST are collectively shown as a sensor group 99 .
  • main controller 20 can measure a position coordinate of wafer stage WST in directions of three degree of freedom (X, Y, ⁇ z), in an effective stroke range of wafer stage WST, namely in an area where wafer stage WST moves for alignment and exposure operation.
  • FIG. 7A shows one Y head 64 of head unit 62 A that irradiates a detection light (measurement beam) to Y scale 39 Y 1 .
  • Y head 64 is mainly composed of three sections, which are an irradiation system 64 a , an optical system 64 b and a photodetection system 64 c.
  • Irradiation system 64 a includes a light source that emits a laser beam LB in a direction inclined at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to the Y-axis and Z-axis, for example, a semiconductor laser LD, and a converging lens L 1 that is placed on the optical path of laser beam LB emitted from semiconductor laser LD.
  • a light source that emits a laser beam LB in a direction inclined at an angle of 45 degrees with respect to the Y-axis and Z-axis, for example, a semiconductor laser LD, and a converging lens L 1 that is placed on the optical path of laser beam LB emitted from semiconductor laser LD.
  • Optical system 64 b is equipped with a polarization beam splitter PBS whose separation plane is parallel to an XZ plane, a pair of reflection mirrors R 1 a and R 1 b , lenses L 2 a and L 2 b , quarter wavelength plates (hereinafter, referred to as a ⁇ /4 plate) WP 1 a and WP 1 b , refection mirrors R 2 a and R 2 b , and the like.
  • PBS polarization beam splitter
  • R 1 a and R 1 b lenses L 2 a and L 2 b
  • quarter wavelength plates hereinafter, referred to as a ⁇ /4 plate
  • Photodetection system 64 c includes a polarizer (analyzer), a photodetector, and the like.
  • laser beam LB emitted from semiconductor laser LD is incident on polarization beam splitter PBS via lens L 1 , and is split by polarization into two beams LB 1 and LB 2 .
  • Beam LB 1 having been transmitted through polarization beam splitter PBS reaches reflective diffraction grating RG that is formed on Y scale 39 Y 1 , via reflection mirror R 1 a
  • beam LB 2 reflected off polarization beam splitter PBS reaches reflective diffraction grating RG via reflection mirror R 1 b .
  • split by polarization in this case means the splitting of an incident beam into a P-polarization component and an S-polarization component.
  • Predetermined-order diffraction beams that are generated from diffraction grating RG due to irradiation of beams LB 1 and LB 2 for example, the first-order diffraction beams are severally converted into a circular polarized light by ⁇ /4 plates WP 1 b and WP 1 a via lenses L 2 b and L 2 a , and reflected by reflection mirrors R 2 b and R 2 a and then the beams pass through ⁇ /4 plates WP 1 b and WP 1 a again and reach polarization beam splitter PBS by tracing the same optical path in the reversed direction.
  • Each of the polarization directions of the two beams that have reached polarization beam splitter PBS is rotated at an angle of 90 degrees with respect to the original direction. Therefore, the first-order diffraction beam of beam LB 1 that was previously transmitted through polarization beam splitter PBS is reflected off polarization beam splitter PBS and is incident on photodetection system 64 c , and also the first-order diffraction beam of beam LB 2 that was previously reflected off polarization beam splitter PBS is transmitted through polarization beam splitter PBS and is synthesized concentrically with the first-order diffraction beam of beam LB 1 and is incident on photodetection system 64 c.
  • the polarization directions of the two first-order diffraction beams described above are uniformly arranged by the analyzer inside photodetection system 64 c and the beams interfere with each other to be an interference light, and the interference light is detected by the photodetector and is converted into an electric signal in accordance with the intensity of the interference light.
  • Y scale 39 Y 1 (more specifically, wafer stage WST) moves in a measurement direction (in this case, the Y-axis direction)
  • the phase of the two beams changes, respectively, which changes the intensity of the interference light.
  • This change in the intensity of the interference light is detected by photodetection system 64 c , and positional information corresponding to the intensity change is output as a measurement value of Y encoder 70 A.
  • Other encoders 70 B, 70 C, 70 D, 70 E, and 70 F are also configured similarly with encoder 70 A.
  • encoders 70 A to 70 F since the optical path lengths of the two beams to be interfered are extremely short and also are almost equal to each other, the influence by air fluctuations can mostly be ignored.
  • each encoder an encoder having a resolution of, for example, around 0.1 nm is used.
  • laser beam LB having a sectional shape that is elongated in the periodic direction of grating RG may also be used, as a detection light.
  • beam LB is overdrawn largely compared to grating RG.
  • the encoder head there is a type in which only optical system 64 b is included in the encoder head and irradiation system 64 a and photodetection system 64 c are physically separate from optical system 64 b .
  • the three sections are optically connected via an optical fiber.
  • Y encoder 70 A shown in FIG. 7A serving as an example.
  • a relation between the intensity of interference light that is synthesized from two return beams LB 1 and LB 2 and displacement (relative displacement with Y head 64 ) of Y scale 39 Y 2 is derived.
  • FIG. 8A shows a scatter of light by the moving reflection surface DS.
  • vectors k 0 and k 1 in the drawing are to be parallel with a YZ plane, and reflection surface DS is to be parallel to the Y-axis and perpendicular to the Z-axis.
  • ) and also in the +Z direction at a speed Vz (
  • the light of wave number vector k 0 is incident at an angle ⁇ 0
  • the light of wave number vector k 1 is scattered at an angle ⁇ 1 .
  • k.
  • the Doppler shift (frequency difference of scattered light k 1 and incident light k 0 ) f D that incident light k 0 undergoes is given in the next formula (7).
  • ⁇ is the wavelength of the light
  • p is the pitch of the diffraction grating
  • n is the order of diffraction.
  • order of diffraction n becomes positive to a diffraction light scattered (generated) in the +Y direction, and becomes negative to a diffraction light generated in the ⁇ Y-direction, with a zero order diffraction light of scattering angle (diffraction angle) ⁇ 0 serving as a reference.
  • formula (10) is substituted into formula (9)
  • phase shift ⁇ can be rewritten as in formula (II) below.
  • ⁇ 2 ⁇ n ⁇ Y/p+K ⁇ Z (cos ⁇ 1 +cos ⁇ 0 ) (11)
  • phase shift ⁇ also becomes zero.
  • phase shift of the two beams LB 1 and LB 2 are obtained.
  • phase shift of beam LB 1 will be considered.
  • FIG. 8B supposing that beam LB 1 , which was reflected off reflection mirror R 1 a , is incident on reflection grating RG at an angle ⁇ a0 , and a n a th order diffraction light is to be generated at an angle ⁇ a1 .
  • the phase shift that the diffraction light undergoes becomes the same form as the right-hand side of formula (II).
  • the return beam which is reflected off reflection mirror R 2 a and follows the return path, is incident on reflection grating RG at an angle ⁇ a1 . Then, a diffraction light is generated again.
  • the diffraction light that occurs at angle ⁇ a0 and moves toward reflection mirror R 1 a following the original optical path is an n a th order diffraction light, which is a diffraction light of the same order as the diffraction light generated on the outward path.
  • the phase shift which beam LB 1 undergoes on the return path is equal to the phase shift which beam LB 1 undergoes on the outward path. Accordingly, the total phase shift which beam LB 1 undergoes is obtained as in the following formula (12).
  • ⁇ 1 4 ⁇ n a ⁇ Y/p+ 2 K ⁇ Z (cos ⁇ a1 +cos ⁇ a0 ) (12)
  • beam LB 2 is incident on reflection grating RG at an angle ⁇ b0 , and an n b th order diffraction light is generated at an angle ⁇ b1 . Supposing that this diffraction light is reflected off reflection mirror R 2 b and returns to reflection mirror R 1 b following the same optical path.
  • the total phase shift which beam LB 2 undergoes can be obtained as in the next formula (14), similar to formula (12).
  • ⁇ 2 4 ⁇ n b ⁇ Y/p+ 2 K ⁇ Z (cos ⁇ b1 +cos ⁇ b0 ) (14)
  • Intensity I of the interference light synthesized by the two return beams LB 1 and LB 2 is dependent on a phase difference ⁇ between the two return beams LB 1 and LB 2 in the light receiving position of the photodetector, by I ⁇ 1+cos ⁇ .
  • the intensity of the two beams LB 1 and LB 2 was to be equal to each other.
  • phase difference ⁇ can be obtained as a sum of a difference (more specifically ⁇ 2 ⁇ 1 ) of phase shifts due to Y and Z displacements of each reflection grating RG of the two beams LB 1 and LB 2 and a phase difference (K ⁇ L) due to optical path difference ⁇ L of the two beams LB 1 and LB 2 , using a formula (12) and formula (14) as in the following formula (16).
  • ⁇ K ⁇ L+ 4 ⁇ ( n b ⁇ n a ) ⁇ Y/p+ 2 K ⁇ Zf ( ⁇ a0 , ⁇ a1 , ⁇ b0 , ⁇ b1 )+ ⁇ 0 (16)
  • a constant phase term which is to be decided by other factors (e.g., a definition of the reference position of displacements ⁇ L, ⁇ Y, and ⁇ Z), was expressed as ⁇ 0 .
  • ⁇ a0 ⁇ b0
  • ⁇ a1 ⁇ b1 (18)
  • phase difference ⁇ sym is not dependent on wavelength ⁇ of the light.
  • intensity I of the interference light repeats strong and weak intensities each time displacement ⁇ Y is increased or decreased by a measurement unit (also referred to as a measurement pitch) of p/4n. Therefore, the number of times is measured of the strong and weak intensities of the interference light that accompanies displacement ⁇ Y from a predetermined reference position.
  • a measurement value c ⁇ Y of displacement ⁇ Y is computed from formula (20) below.
  • C ⁇ Y ( p/ 4 n )* c ⁇ Y (20)
  • displacement ⁇ Y can be measured at a measurement resolution whose measurement unit is (p/4 ⁇ ) or under.
  • measurement value c ⁇ Y of the encoder will be regarded as a continuous quantity unless it is noted otherwise.
  • characteristic information of the head unit which is a generation factor of the measurement error of the encoder system, includes not only the gradient of the head but also the optical properties as well.
  • the measurement values do not change as long as the direction (longitudinal direction) in which the grid line of diffraction grating RG faces is orthogonal to the measurement direction, however, in the case the direction is not orthogonal, sensitivity occurs with a gain proportional to the angle.
  • FIGS. 10A to 10 D a case will be considered in which wafer stage WST rotates (the inclination changes), using FIGS. 10A to 10 D.
  • the optical axis of head 64 coincides with the Z-axis direction (head 64 is not inclined). Even if wafer stage WST is displaced in the +Z direction and moves to a condition shown in FIG. 10B from this state, the measurement value of the encoder does not change since the case is the same as in FIG. 9A previously described.
  • wafer stage WST rotates around the X-axis from the state shown in FIG. 10B and moves into a state shown in FIG. 10C .
  • the measurement values of the encoder have sensitivity not only to the displacement of the scale in the Y-axis direction, which is the measurement direction but also have sensitivity to an attitude change in the ⁇ x direction (the pitching direction) and the ⁇ z direction (the yawing direction), and moreover, depend on the position change in the Z-axis direction in the case such as when the symmetry has been lost as is previously described. That is, the theoretical description previously described agreed with the result of the simulation.
  • correction information to correct the measurement error of each encoder caused by the relative motion of the head and the scale in the direction besides the measurement direction is acquired as follows.
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST via stage drive system 124 , while monitoring the measurement values of Y interferometer 16 of interferometer system 118 , X interferometer 126 , and Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B, and as shown in FIGS. 11A and 11B , makes Y head 64 located farthest to the ⁇ X side of head unit 62 A face an arbitrary area (an area circled in FIG. 11A ) AR of Y scale 39 Y 1 on the upper surface of wafer table WTB.
  • main controller 20 drives wafer table WTB (wafer stage WST) within a predetermined range, such as, for example, the range of ⁇ 100 ⁇ m to +100 ⁇ m in the Z-axis direction as is indicated by an arrow in FIG.
  • main controller 20 repeats an operation similar to c. described above.
  • main controller 20 alternately repeats the operations of d. and e described above, and for a range where pitching amount ⁇ x is, for example, ⁇ 200 ⁇ rad ⁇ x ⁇ +200 ⁇ rad, takes in the measurement values of head 64 within the Z drive range described above at ⁇ (rad), at an interval of, for example, 40 ⁇ rad.
  • main controller 20 can obtain a graph (a graph that shows a change characteristic of the measurement values of the encoder (head) according to the Z leveling of the wafer stage) like the one shown in FIG. 12 .
  • main controller 20 sees pitching amount ⁇ x, the Z position, and the encoder measurement error at each point on the graph in FIG. 12 as a table data, and stores the table data in memory 34 (refer to FIG. 6 ) as stage position induced error correction information.
  • main controller 20 sees the measurement error as a function of Z position z and pitching amount ⁇ x, and obtains the function computing an undetermined coefficient, for example, by the least-squares method, and stores the function in memory 34 as stage position induced error correction information.
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST in the ⁇ X-direction by a predetermined amount via stage drive system 124 while monitoring the measurement values of X interferometer 126 of interferometer system 118 , and as shown in FIG. 13 , makes Y head 64 located second from the edge on the ⁇ X side of head unit 62 A (the Y head next to Y head 64 whose data has already been acquired in the process described above) face area AR previously described (the area circled in FIG. 13 ) of Y scale 39 Y 1 on the upper surface of wafer table WTB.
  • main controller 20 performs a process similar to the ones described above on Y head 64 , and stores correction information of Y encoder 70 A configured by head 64 and Y scale 39 Y 1 in memory 34 .
  • main controller 20 respectively obtains correction information of Y encoder 70 A configured by each remaining Y head 64 of head unit 62 A and Y scale 39 Y 1 , correction information of X encoder 70 B configured by each X head 66 of head unit 62 B and X scale 39 X 1 , correction information of Y encoder 70 C configured by each X head 64 of head unit 62 C and Y scale 39 Y 2 , and correction information of X encoder 70 D configured by each X head 66 of head unit 62 D and X scale 39 X 2 , and stores them in memory 34 .
  • the attitude of wafer stage WST can be set to a desired attitude anytime based on the measurement values of the interferometers, and by using the same location of each scale, even if the scale surface is inclined, the measurement error caused by the effect of the inclination does not occur between the heads.
  • main controller 20 performs the measurement described above for Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 using the same area on Y scale 39 Y 2 and 39 Y 1 , respectively, which is the same as each Y head 64 of head units 62 C and 64 A described above, obtains correction information of encoder 70 C configured by Y head 64 y 1 which faces Y scale 39 Y 2 and correction information of encoder 70 A configured by Y head 64 y 2 which faces Y scale 39 Y 1 , and stores the information in memory 34 .
  • main controller 20 sequentially changes yawing amount ⁇ z of wafer stage WST for a range of ⁇ 200 ⁇ rad ⁇ z ⁇ +200 ⁇ rad and drives wafer table WTB (wafer stage WST) in the Z-axis direction at each position within a predetermined range, such as, for example, within ⁇ 100 ⁇ m ⁇ +100 ⁇ m, while maintaining both the pitching amount and the rolling amount of wafer stage WST at zero, and during the drive, sequentially takes in the measurement values of the head at a predetermined sampling interval and stores them in the internal memory.
  • a predetermined range such as, for example, within ⁇ 100 ⁇ m ⁇ +100 ⁇ m
  • Such a measurement is performed for all heads 64 or 66 , and in a procedure similar to the one described earlier, by plotting each data within the internal memory on the two-dimensional coordinate system whose horizontal axis indicates the Z position and vertical axis indicates the encoder count value, sequentially linking plot points where the yawing amounts are the same, and shifting the horizontal axis so that a line (a horizontal line in the center) which indicates a zero pitching amount passes through the origin, main controller 20 can obtain a graph similar to the one shown in FIG. 12 . Then, main controller 20 sees yawing amount ⁇ z, Z position z, and the encoder measurement error at each point on the graph as a table data, and stores the table data in memory 34 as correction information. Or, main controller 20 sees the measurement error as a function of Z position z and yawing amount ⁇ z, and obtains the function computing an undetermined coefficient, for example, by the least-squares method, and stores the function in memory 34 as correction information.
  • the measurement error of each encoder in the case both the pitching amount and the yawing amount of wafer stage WST are not zero when wafer stage WST is at Z position z can safely be considered to be a simple sum of the measurement error that corresponds to the pitching amount described above and the measurement error that corresponds to the yawing amount (a linear sum) when wafer stage WST is at Z position z.
  • the reason for this is, as a result of simulation, it has been confirmed that the measurement error (count value) linearly changes according to the change of the Z position, even when the yawing is changed.
  • a function of pitching amount ⁇ x, yawing amount ⁇ z, and Z position z of wafer stage WST that expresses a measurement error ⁇ y as shown in the next formula (22) is to be obtained, and to be stored in memory 34 .
  • a function of rolling amount ⁇ y, yawing amount ⁇ z, and Z position z of wafer stage WST that expresses a measurement error ⁇ x as shown in the next formula (23) is to be obtained, and to be stored in memory 34 .
  • a is a Z-coordinate of a point where each straight line intersects on the graph in FIG. 12
  • b is a Z-coordinate of a point where each straight line intersects on a graph similar to FIG. 12 in the case when the yawing amount is changed so as to acquire the correction information of the Y encoder.
  • c is a Z-coordinate of a point where each straight line intersects on a graph similar to FIG. 12 in the case when the rolling amount is changed so as to acquire the correction information of the X encoder
  • d is a Z-coordinate of a point where each straight line intersects on a graph similar to FIG. 12 in the case when the yawing amount is changed so as to acquire the correction information of the X encoder.
  • stage position induced error the degree of influence of the position of wafer stage WST in the direction besides the measurement direction (e.g. the ⁇ x direction, the ⁇ y direction, the ⁇ z direction and the Z-axis direction) on the measurement values of the Y encoder or the X encoder
  • the correction information will be referred to as stage position induced error correction information.
  • a calibration process of a head position for acquiring a position coordinate of each head in the XY plane, especially the position coordinate in the direction besides the measurement direction which becomes a premise in processes such as a process to convert the measurement value of an encoder to be described later into positional information of wafer stage WST in the XY plane and a linkage process among a plurality of encoders, will be described.
  • a calibration process of the position coordinate in the direction besides the measurement direction (the X-axis direction) orthogonal to the measurement direction of Y head 64 configuring each head unit 62 A and 62 C will be described.
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST so that Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 are located below head units 62 A and 62 C, respectively.
  • Y head 64 A3 which is the third head from the left of head unit 62 A
  • Y head 64 C5 which is the second head from the right of head unit 62 C
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST so that Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 are located below head units 62 A and 62 C, respectively.
  • main controller 20 rotates wafer stage WST only by a predetermined angle (the angle being ⁇ ) within the XY plane with optical axis AX of projection optical system PL serving as a center as shown by an arrow RV in FIG. 14 , and acquires the measurement values of encoders 70 A and 70 C configured by Y heads 64 A3 and 64 C5 and Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 facing Y heads 64 A3 and 64 C5 , respectively, which can be obtained during the rotation.
  • vectors MA and MB which correspond to the measurement values measured during the rotation of wafer stage WST by Y heads 64 A3 and 64 C5 , are respectively shown.
  • main controller 20 computes distances b and a, or more specifically, the X-coordinate values of Y heads 64 A3 and 64 C5 , based on predetermined angle ⁇ obtained from the measurement values of encoders 70 A and 70 C and the measurement values of interferometer beams B 4 1 and B 4 2 , respectively, or, furthermore performs a calculation based on the X-coordinate values that have been calculated, and computes the positional shift amount (more specifically, correction information of the positional shift amount) of Y heads 64 A3 and 64 C5 in the X-axis direction with respect to the design position.
  • main controller 20 simultaneously acquires the measurement values of X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 and encoders 70 B and 70 D, which are configured by one X head 66 each of head units 62 B and 62 D that respectively face X scale 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 .
  • main controller 20 computes the Y-coordinate values of one X head 66 each that respectively face X scale 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 , or, furthermore performs a calculation based on the computation result, and computes the positional shift amount (more specifically, correction information of the positional shift amount) of the X heads in the Y-axis direction with respect to the design position.
  • main controller 20 moves wafer stage WST in the X-axis direction at a predetermined pitch, and by performing a processing similar to the procedure described above at each positioning position, main controller 20 can obtain the X-coordinate values, or the positional shift amount (more specifically, correction information of the positional shift amount) in the X-axis direction with respect to the design position also for the remaining Y heads of head units 62 A and 62 C.
  • main controller 20 can obtain the Y-coordinate values, or the positional shift amount (more specifically, correction information of the positional shift amount) in the Y-axis direction with respect to the design position also for the remaining Y heads of head units 62 B and 62 D.
  • main controller 20 acquires the X-coordinate values or the positional shift amount (more specifically, correction information of the positional shift amount) in the X-axis direction with respect to the design position, also for Y heads 64 y 1 and y 2 .
  • main controller 20 can acquire the X-coordinate values or the positional shift amount (more specifically, correction information of the positional shift amount) in the X-axis direction with respect to the design position for all Y heads 64 , 64 y 1 , and 64 y 2 , and the Y-coordinate values or the positional shift amount (more specifically, correction information of the positional shift amount) in the Y-axis direction with respect to the design position also for all X heads 66 , therefore, the information that has been acquired is stored in a storage unit, such as, for example, memory 34 .
  • the X-coordinate values or the Y coordinate values or the positional shift amount in the X-axis direction or the Y-axis direction with respect to the design position of each head stored in memory 34 will be used such as when converting the measurement values of an encoder into positional information within the XY plane of wafer stage WST, as it will be described later on.
  • design values are used for the Y coordinate values of each Y head, and the X-coordinate values of each X head. This is because since the influence that the position coordinates of each head in the measurement direction has on the control accuracy of the position of wafer stage WST is extremely weak, (the effectiveness to the control accuracy is extremely slow), it is sufficient enough to use the design values.
  • the reference surface is a surface that serves as a reference to displacement ⁇ Zo of wafer stage WST in the Z-axis direction measured by interferometer system 118 , and in the embodiment, the surface is to coincide with the image plane of projection optical system PL.
  • main controller 20 performs calibration for obtaining the Abbe offset quantity described above in the following procedure.
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST and moves Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 so that Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 are located under head units 62 A and 62 C, respectively.
  • Y head 64 A3 being the third head from the left of head unit 62 A faces area AR which is a specific area on Y scale 39 Y 1 where Y head 64 A3 had faced when acquiring the stage position induced error correction information in the previous description.
  • FIG. 15 Y head 64 A3 being the third head from the left of head unit 62 A faces area AR which is a specific area on Y scale 39 Y 1 where Y head 64 A3 had faced when acquiring the stage position induced error correction information in the previous description.
  • Y head 64 C4 being the fourth head from the left of head unit 62 C faces an area which is a specific area on Y scale 39 Y 2 where Y head 64 C4 had faced when acquiring the stage position induced error correction information in the previous description.
  • main controller 20 tilts wafer stage WST around an axis that passes the exposure center and is parallel to the X-axis so that pitching amount ⁇ x becomes zero in the case displacement (pitching amount) ⁇ x of wafer stage WST in the ⁇ x direction with respect to the XY plane is not zero, based on the measurement results of Y interferometer 16 of interferometer system 118 . Because all the corrections of each interferometer of interferometer system 118 have been completed at this point, such pitching control of wafer stage WST becomes possible.
  • main controller 20 acquires measurement values y A0 and y C0 of encoders 70 A and 70 C, configured by Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 and Y heads 64 A3 and 64 C4 that face Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 , respectively.
  • main controller 20 tilts wafer stage WST at an angle ⁇ around the axis that passes the exposure center and is parallel to the X-axis, as shown by arrow Rx in FIG. 15 . Then, main controller 20 acquires measurement values y A1 and y C1 of encoders 70 A and 70 C, configured by Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 and Y heads 64 A3 and 64 C4 that face Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 , respectively.
  • main controller 20 computes the so-called Abbe offset quantities h A and h C of Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 .
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST if necessary in the X-axis direction, and makes a predetermined X head 66 of head units 62 B and 62 D face the specific area on X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 where each X head 66 had faced when acquiring the stage position induced error correction information in the previous description.
  • main controller 20 performs a calculation of formula (6) previously described, using the output of Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B previously described, and in the case displacement (rolling amount) ⁇ y of wafer stage WST in the ⁇ y direction with respect to the XY plane is not zero, main controller 20 tilts wafer stage WST around an axis that passes the exposure center and is parallel to the Y-axis so that rolling amount ⁇ y becomes zero. Then, after such adjustment of the rolling amount of wafer stage WST, main controller 20 acquires measurement values x B0 and x D0 of encoders 70 B and 70 D, configured by X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 and each X head 66 , respectively.
  • main controller 20 tilts wafer stage WST at angle ⁇ around the axis that passes the exposure center and is parallel to the Y-axis, based on the output of Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B, and acquires measurement values x B1 and x D1 of encoders 70 B and 70 D, configured by X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 and each X head 66 , respectively.
  • main controller 20 computes the so-called Abbe offset quantities h B and h D of X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 .
  • ⁇ is a very small angle.
  • Main controller 20 stores the quantities h A to h D or formulas (28) to (31) obtained in the manner described above in memory 34 . Accordingly, on the actual position control of wafer stage WST such as during lot processing and the like, main controller 20 is able to drive (perform position control of) wafer stage WST with high precision in an arbitrary direction within the XY plane while correcting the Abbe errors included in the positional information of wafer stage WST within the XY plane (the movement plane) measured by the encoder system, or, more specifically, measurement errors of Y encoders 70 A and 70 C corresponding to the pitching amount of wafer stage WST caused by the Abbe offset quantities of the surface of Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 (the grating surface) with respect to the reference surface previously described, or measurement errors of X encoders 70 B and 70 D corresponding to the rolling amount of wafer stage WST caused by the Abbe offset quantities of the surface of X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 (the grating surface)
  • the scale surface will be displaced in the Z-axis direction (move vertically), or be inclined with respect to the heads of the encoder even in the case when wafer stage WST moves along a surface parallel to the XY plane.
  • This consequently means none other that a relative motion occurs in the direction besides the measurement direction between the head and the scale, and as it has already been described, such a relative motion becomes a cause of the measurement error.
  • the unevenness of the surface of scale 39 X may be measured, for example, using a measurement unit besides the encoder such as the Z sensor previously described, however, in such a case, because the measurement accuracy of the unevenness is set according to the measurement resolution of the measurement unit, in order to measure the unevenness with high precision, a possibility may occur of having to use a sensor that has higher precision and an expensive sensor must become use than the sensor which is necessary for an original purpose as a Z sensor to measure unevenness in high accuracy.
  • a method of measuring the unevenness of the surface of a scale using the encoder system itself is employed. Following is a description of the method.
  • a graph (an error characteristics curve) of FIG. 12 which shows a change characteristic of the measurement values of the encoder (a head) corresponding to the Z leveling of wafer stage WST previously described
  • only one point can be found in the Z-axis direction for each encoder head where the head has no sensibility to the tilt operation of wafer stage WST, or more specifically, a singular point where the measurement error of the encoder becomes zero regardless of the angle of inclination of wafer stage WST to the XY plane. If this point can be found by moving wafer stage WST similarly as when acquiring the stage position induced error correction information previously described, the point (a Z position) can be positioned the singular point with respect to the encoder head. If such operation to find the singular point is performed on a plurality of measurement points on the scale, the shape (unevenness) of the surface of the scale can be obtained.
  • main controller 20 first of all drives wafer stage WST via stage drive system 124 , while monitoring the measurement values of Y interferometer 16 of interferometer system 118 , X interferometer 126 , and Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B, and as shown in FIG. 17 , makes an arbitrary Y head of head unit 62 A, such as for example, Y head 64 A2 in FIG. 17 , face the vicinity of the end section of Y scale 39 Y 1 on the +Y side.
  • main controller 20 changes the pitching amount ( ⁇ x rotation quantity) of wafer stage WST at the position in at least two stages as is previously described, and in a state where the attitude of wafer stage WST at the time of change is maintained for every change, main controller 20 scans (moves) wafer stage WST in the Z-axis direction in a predetermined stroke range while irradiating a detection light on a point of Y scale 39 Y 1 subject to measurement from Y head 64 A2 , and samples the measurement results of Y head 64 A2 (encoder 70 A) that faces Y scale 39 Y 1 during the scan (movement).
  • the sampling above is performed while maintaining the yawing amount (and rolling amount) of wafer stage WST at zero.
  • main controller 20 obtains an error characteristics curve (refer to FIG. 12 ) at the point described above subject to the measurement of encoder 70 A corresponding to the Z position of wafer stage WST for a plurality of attitudes, and sets the intersecting point of the plurality of error characteristics curves, or more specifically, sets the point where the measurement error of encoder 70 A above becomes zero regardless of the angle of inclination of wafer stage WST with respect to the XY plane as the singular point at the measurement point, and obtains Z positional information z 1 (refer to FIG. 18A ) of the singular point.
  • an error characteristics curve (refer to FIG. 12 ) at the point described above subject to the measurement of encoder 70 A corresponding to the Z position of wafer stage WST for a plurality of attitudes, and sets the intersecting point of the plurality of error characteristics curves, or more specifically, sets the point where the measurement error of encoder 70 A above becomes zero regardless of the angle of inclination of wafer stage WST with respect to the XY plane as the singular point at
  • main controller 20 steps wafer stage WST in the +Y direction by a predetermined amount via stage drive system 124 while maintaining the pitching amount and rolling amount of wafer stage WST at zero, while monitoring the measurement values of Y interferometer 16 of interferometer system 118 , X interferometer 126 , and Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B. This step movement is performed at a speed slow enough so that measurement errors caused by air fluctuation of the interferometers can be ignored.
  • FIG. 18B shows a z positional information z i of the singular point at the i-th measurement point that was obtained in the manner described above
  • FIG. 18C shows a z positional information z k of the singular point at the k th measurement point.
  • main controller 20 obtains the unevenness of scale 39 Y 1 .
  • the curve which links the other end of each double-sided arrow indicates the shape of the surface (unevenness) of scale 39 Y 1 .
  • y is a Y-coordinate of wafer stage WST measured with Y interferometer 16 .
  • x an X-coordinate of wafer stage WST measured with X interferometer 126 .
  • the pitching amount (or rolling amount) of wafer stage WST at the point when the error characteristics curve was obtained corresponds to an inclined quantity of the scale surface at the measurement point. Accordingly, in the method above, information on inclination at each measurement point can also be obtained, in addition to the height information of the scale surface. This arrangement allows fitting with higher precision when the curve fitting described above is performed.
  • the scale of the encoder lacks in mechanical long-term stability, such as in the diffraction grating deforming due to thermal expansion or other factors by the passage of use time, or the pitch of the diffraction grating changing partially or entirely. Therefore, because the errors included in the measurement values grow larger with the passage of use time, it becomes necessary to correct the errors.
  • an acquisition operation of correction information of the grating pitch and of correction information of the grating deformation performed in exposure apparatus 100 of the embodiment will be described, based on FIG. 19 .
  • measurement beams B 4 1 and B 4 2 are arranged symmetric to straight line LV previously described, and the substantial measurement axis of Y interferometer 16 coincides with straight line LV, which passes through the optical axis of projection optical system PL and is parallel to the Y-axis direction. Therefore, according to Y interferometer 16 , the Y position of wafer table WTB can be measured without Abbe error.
  • measurement beams B 5 1 and B 5 2 are arranged symmetric to straight line LH previously described, and the substantial measurement axis of X interferometer 126 coincides with straight line LH, which passes through the optical axis of projection optical system PL and is parallel to the X-axis direction. Therefore, according to X interferometer 126 , the X position of wafer table WTB can be measured without Abbe error.
  • reflection surface 17 b is to be an ideal plane.
  • function z f 1 (y) that expresses the unevenness of Y scale 39 Y 1
  • function z f 2 (y) that expresses the unevenness of Y scale 39 Y 2
  • function z g 1 (x) that expresses the unevenness of X scale 39 X 1
  • main controller 20 moves wafer stage WST based on the measurement values of Y interferometer 16 , and Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B, for example, in at least one direction of the +Y direction and the ⁇ Y-direction with in the effective stroke range mentioned earlier as is indicated by arrow F and F′ in FIG. 19 , in a state where the pitching amount, the rolling amount, and the yawing amount are all maintained at zero.
  • main controller 20 takes in the measurement values after the correction and the measurement values (or to be more precise, measurement values of interferometer beams B 4 1 and B 4 2 ) of Y interferometer 16 at a predetermined sampling interval, and based on each measurement value that has been taken in, obtains a relation between the measurement values of Y linear encoders 70 A and 70 C (output of encoder 70 A—the measurement values corresponding to function f 1 (y), output of encoder 70 C—the measurement values corresponding to function f 2 (y)) and the measurement values of Y interferometer 16 .
  • main controller 20 obtains a grating pitch (the distance between adjacent grid lines) of Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 which are sequentially placed opposing head units 62 A and 62 C with the movement of wafer stage WST and correction information of the grating pitch.
  • a correction information of the grating pitch for example, in the case a horizontal axis shows the measurement values of the interferometer and a vertical axis shows the measurement values (the measurement values whose errors due to the unevenness of the scale surface has been corrected) of the encoder, a correction map which shows the relation between the two using a curve can be obtained.
  • the measurement values of Y interferometer 16 in this case are obtained when wafer stage WST was scanned at an extremely low speed as was previously described, the measurement values hardly include any short-term variation errors due to air fluctuation, as well as long-term variation errors, and it can be said that the measurement values are accurate values in which the errors can be ignored.
  • main controller 20 by statistically processing the measurement values (the measurement values of X linear encoders 70 B and 70 D) obtained from a plurality of X heads 66 of head units 62 B and 62 D placed sequentially opposing X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 with the movement, such as, for example, averaging (or performing weighted averaging), main controller 20 also obtains correction information of the deformation (warp) of grid lines 37 which sequentially face the plurality of X heads 66 .
  • averaging or performing weighted averaging
  • reflection surface 17 b is an ideal plane
  • the same blurring pattern should appear repeatedly in the process when wafer stage WST is sent in the +Y direction or the ⁇ Y-direction, therefore, if averaging or the like is performed on the measurement data acquired with the plurality of X heads 66 , it becomes possible to precisely obtain correction information of the deformation (warp) of grid lines 37 which sequentially face the plurality of X head 66 .
  • the same correction information of the grating pitch of the Y scale and the correction information of the deformation (warp) of grid lines 37 can be obtained as in the description above.
  • the measurement data acquired with the plurality of X heads 66 described above is a plurality of data at different location references of reflection surface 17 b , and because X heads 66 measure deformation (warp) of the same grid line 37 , there is a collateral effect of the curve correction residual of the reflection surface being averaged and approaching its true value (in other words, by averaging the measurement data (curve information of grid line 37 ) acquired by the plurality of X heads, the effect of the curve residual can be weakened) by the averaging or the like described above.
  • reflection surface 17 a is to be an ideal plane.
  • main controller 20 moves wafer stage WST based on the measurement values of Y interferometer 16 , and Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B, for example, in at least one direction of the +X direction and the ⁇ X-direction with in the effective stroke range mentioned earlier, in a state where the pitching amount, the rolling amount, and the yawing amount are all maintained at zero.
  • main controller 20 takes in the measurement values after the correction and the measurement values of X interferometer 126 at a predetermined sampling interval, and based on each measurement value that has been taken in, obtains a relation between the measurement values of X linear encoders 70 B and 70 D (output of encoder 70 B—the measurement values corresponding to function g 1 (x), output of encoder 70 D—the measurement values corresponding to function g 2 (x)) and the measurement values of X interferometer 126 .
  • main controller 20 obtains a grating pitch (the distance between adjacent grid lines) of X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 which are sequentially placed opposing head units 62 B and 62 D with the movement of wafer stage WST and the correction information of the grating pitch.
  • a grating pitch the distance between adjacent grid lines
  • the correction information of the grating pitch for example, in the case a horizontal axis shows the measurement values of the interferometer and a vertical axis shows the measurement values (the measurement values whose errors due to the unevenness of the scale surface has been corrected) of the encoder, a map which shows the relation between the two using a curve can be obtained.
  • the measurement values of X interferometer 126 in this case are obtained when wafer stage WST was scanned at an extremely low speed as was previously described, the measurement values hardly include any short-term variation errors due to air fluctuation, as well as long-term variation errors, and it can be said that the measurement values are accurate values in which the errors can be ignored.
  • main controller 20 by statistically processing the measurement values (the measurement values of Y linear encoders 70 A and 70 C) obtained from a plurality of Y heads 64 of head units 62 A and 62 C placed sequentially opposing Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 with the movement, such as, for example, averaging (or performing weighted averaging), main controller 20 also obtains correction information of the deformation (warp) of grid lines 38 which sequentially face the plurality of Y heads 64 .
  • averaging or performing weighted averaging
  • reflection surface 17 a is an ideal plane
  • the same blurring pattern should appear repeatedly in the process when wafer stage WST is sent in the +X direction or the ⁇ X-direction, therefore, if averaging or the like is performed on the measurement data acquired with the plurality of Y heads 64 , it becomes possible to precisely obtain correction information of the deformation (warp) of grid lines 38 which sequentially face the plurality of Y head 64 .
  • main controller 20 obtains correction information on grating pitch of the Y scales and correction information on deformation (warp) of grating lines 37 , and correction information on grating pitch of the X scales and correction information on deformation (warp) of grating lines 38 at each predetermined timing, for example, with respect to each lot, or the like.
  • main controller 20 performs movement control of wafer stage WST in the Y-axis direction, using Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 and head units 62 A and 62 C, or more specifically, using Y linear encoders 70 A and 70 C, while correcting the measurement values obtained from head units 62 A and 62 C (more specifically, the measurement values of encoders 70 A and 70 C), based on correction information of the grating pitch and correction information of the deformation (warp) of grid line 38 referred to above, stage position induced error correction information corresponding to the Z position of wafer stage WST measured by interferometer system 118 , pitching amount ⁇ x, and yawing amount ⁇ z, and correction information of the Abbe error that corresponds to pitching amount ⁇ x of wafer stage WST caused by the Abbe offset quantity of the surface of Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 .
  • main controller 20 to perform movement control of wafer stage WST in the Y-axis direction with good precision using Y linear encoders 70 A and 70 C, without being affected by temporal change of the grating pitch of the Y scale and the warp of each grating (line) that make up the Y scale, without being affected by the change of position of wafer stage WST in the direction besides the measurement direction (relative motion between the head and the scale in the direction besides the measurement direction), and without being affected by the Abbe error.
  • main controller 20 performs movement control of wafer stage WST in the X-axis direction, using X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 and head units 62 B and 62 D, or more specifically, using X linear encoders 70 B and 70 D, while correcting the measurement values obtained from head units 62 B and 62 D (more specifically, the measurement values of encoders 70 B and 70 D), based on correction information of the grating pitch and correction information of the deformation (warp) of grid line 37 referred to above, stage position induced error correction information corresponding to the Z position of wafer stage WST measured by interferometer system 118 , rolling amount ⁇ y, and yawing amount ⁇ z, and correction information of the Abbe error that corresponds to rolling amount ⁇ y of wafer stage WST caused by the Abbe offset quantity of the surface of X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 .
  • main controller 20 to perform movement control of wafer stage WST in the X-axis direction with good precision using X linear encoders 70 B and 70 D, without being affected by temporal change of the grating pitch of the X scale and the warp of each grating (line) that make up the X scale, without being affected by the change of position of wafer stage WST in the direction besides the measurement direction (relative motion between the head and the scale in the direction besides the measurement direction), and without being affected by the Abbe error.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the correction information of the grating pitch and the grid line warp can be acquired only for either the Y scale or the X scale, or the correction information of only either the grating pitch or the grid line warp can be acquired for both the Y scale and the X scale.
  • wafer stage WST can be moved in the Y-axis direction based on the measurement values of Y linear encoders 70 A and 70 C, without necessarily using Y interferometer 16 .
  • wafer stage WST can be moved in the X-axis direction based on the measurement values of X linear encoders 70 B and 70 D, without necessarily using X interferometer 126 .
  • either one of the stage position induced error previously described or the measurement error (hereinafter also referred to as a scale induced error) of the encoder which occurs due to the scale (for example, degree of flatness of the grating surface (surface smoothness) and/or grating formation error (including pitch error, grid line warp and the like) can be compensated.
  • wafer stage WST is driven by main controller 20 via stage drive system 124 at a speed in which the short-term variation of the measurement values due to air fluctuation on the optical path of the beam of the interferometer cannot be ignored. Accordingly, it becomes important to perform position control of wafer stage WST based on the measurement values of the encoder system. For example, when wafer stage WST is scanned in the Y-axis direction during exposure, main controller 20 drives stage drive system 124 based on the measurement values of a pair of Y heads 64 (a Y encoder) which faces Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 , respectively.
  • a pair of Y heads 64 a Y encoder
  • main controller 20 also has to control the position of wafer stage WST in the X-axis direction, based on the measurement values of a pair of X heads 66 (an X encoder) which face X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 , respectively.
  • a pair of X heads 66 an X encoder
  • main controller 20 it is necessary to make sure that the measurement error caused by the measurement delay that accompanies each detection signal (a photoelectric conversion signal by the light receiving element) of the pair of X heads 66 propagating through the cable does not affect the position control of wafer stage WST.
  • exposure apparatus 100 of the embodiment can also measure positional information of wafer stage WST in the XY plane by interferometer system 118 . More specifically, in exposure apparatus 100 , simultaneous measurement of positional information of wafer stage WST in the Y-axis direction using each Y head of the encoder system and Y interferometer 16 and simultaneous measurement of positional information of positional information of wafer stage WST in the X-axis direction using each X head of the encoder system and X interferometer 126 are possible.
  • main controller 20 acquires the information of the delay time that accompanies the detection signals (photoelectric conversion signals by the light receiving element) of all the Y heads 64 and X heads 66 in the encoder system and the pair of Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 propagating through the cable, for example, during the start-up period of the apparatus.
  • main controller 20 moves wafer stage WST to the position so that one head of Y heads 64 in each head unit 62 A and 62 C faces Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 , respectively.
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST at a predetermined speed, such as, for example, at a speed as in the scanning exposure, in the +Y direction or the ⁇ Y-direction, while controlling the X position of wafer stage WST based on Y interferometer 16 , X interferometer 126 , and the warp correction data of reflection surface 17 b , and also in a state where the pitching amount, the rolling amount, and the yawing amount are all maintained at zero, based on the measurement values of Y interferometer 16 and Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B.
  • a predetermined speed such as, for example, at a speed as in the scanning exposure, in the +Y direction or the ⁇ Y-direction
  • main controller 20 takes in detection signals from the two Y heads 64 that face Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 , and an output signal of Y interferometer 16 simultaneously and at a predetermined sampling interval, in a storage unit, such as, for example, memory 34 .
  • FIG. 20 shows an output signal C 1 of Y interferometer 16 and a detection signal C 2 of each Y head 64 both expressed in a sine curve, as shown in FIG. 20 .
  • the horizontal axis shows time t
  • the vertical axis shows signal intensity I.
  • FIG. 20 shows both signals after having normalized at least one of the signals so that the peak value and the bottom value of both signals C 1 and C 2 become the same value.
  • main controller 20 obtains intersecting points Q 1 and Q 2 of a straight line parallel to the vertical axis shown in FIG. 20 and both signals C 1 and C 2 , obtains distance (difference in intensity) ⁇ I of points Q 1 and Q 2 , and then multiplies a predetermined coefficient ⁇ to intensity difference ⁇ I and obtains a delay time ⁇ of each Y head 64 that accompanies signal C 2 propagating through the cable, with signal C 1 serving as a reference.
  • coefficient ⁇ is a coefficient for converting difference ⁇ I of intensity obtained by experiment or the like in advance into delay time ⁇ .
  • main controller 20 obtains delay time ⁇ for each of the two Y heads 64 that respectively oppose Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 .
  • main controller 20 moves wafer stage WST in the ⁇ X-direction (or the +X direction) only by a distance to the adjacent Y head, and in a procedure similar to the description above, main controller 20 obtains delay time ⁇ for each of the two Y heads 64 that respectively oppose Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 .
  • main controller 20 repeats the same procedure as in the description above, and obtains delay time ⁇ of all the Y heads 64 , and Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 .
  • delay time ⁇ was obtained at a time with two Y heads as a set, however, the present invention is not limited to this, and delay time ⁇ can be obtained for each Y head in the same procedure as in the description above.
  • main controller 20 performs a processing in which the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction are interchanged in the case of the correction described above. Incidentally, details on this processing will be omitted.
  • main controller 20 obtains the information of delay time that accompanies the propagation of the detection signals of each Y head through the cable which uses the measurement values of Y interferometer 16 as a reference, and the information of delay time that accompanies the propagation of the detection signals of each X head through the cable which uses the measurement values of X interferometer 126 as a reference, respectively, and stores the information in memory 34 .
  • y cal ⁇ ( t ) - y ⁇ ( t ) a ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ( ⁇ + ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ t ) 2 ⁇ a ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ t 2 ( 34 )
  • main controller 20 can correct the measurement errors by the measurement delay that accompanies the detection signals of each Y head propagating through the cable, and can correct the influence of the measurement delay of each Y head of the encoder system.
  • main controller 20 can also correct the influence of the measurement delaying (delay time ⁇ ) on each X head 66 of the encoder system in a manner similar to the description above.
  • phase difference ⁇ between the two return beams LB 1 and LB 2 depend on optical path difference ⁇ L of the two beams, according to the first term on the right-hand side of formula (16).
  • wavelength ⁇ 0 of the light changes to ⁇ + ⁇ by air fluctuation.
  • optical path difference ⁇ L is designed to be approximately 0, in an ideal state where the optical axis is orthogonal to the reflection surface. Therefore, the measurement errors due to the air fluctuation can be substantially ignored. The fluctuation is remarkably small when compared with the interferometer, and is superior in short-term stability.
  • main controller 20 can perform a series of calibration processing described earlier, or more specifically, A. acquisition processing of the stage position induced error correction information, B. head position calibration processing, C. calibration processing to obtain Abbe offset quantity, D. processing for obtaining the shape (unevenness) of the surface of the scale, E. acquisition processing of correction information of the grating pitch of the scale and the correction information of the grating deformation, and F. acquisition processing of the correction information of the measurement errors due to the measurement delay, a plurality of times, or repeated in the order previously described or in a different order. On this repetition, the various calibrations from the second time onward can be performed, using the various information that has been measured until the previous time.
  • acquisition processing of the stage position induced error correction information can be performed in the procedure described above, using design values of Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 (or, X scale 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 ) as the Abbe offset quantity, and then, after performing B. head position calibration processing and C. calibration processing to obtain Abbe offset quantity, D. processing for obtaining the shape (unevenness) of the surface of the scale and E. acquisition processing of correction information of the grating pitch of the scale and the correction information of the grating deformation can be performed, and then, when the second A.
  • a ex rotation or a ⁇ y rotation
  • the stage position induced error correction information can be acquired in the procedure previously described.
  • the degrees of freedom of wafer stage WST is to be three degrees of freedom (X, Y, and ⁇ z).
  • the state where wafer stage WST is moved to position (X, Y, ⁇ z) in the manner described above is shown in FIG. 22B .
  • the X head and the Y head respectively measure the relative distance from central axes LL and LW of wafer stage WST. Accordingly, measurement values C X and C Y of the X head and the Y head can be expressed, respectively, as in the following formulas (35a) and (35b).
  • C X r′*ex′ (35a)
  • C Y r′*ey′ (35b)
  • ex′ and ey′ are X′ and Y′ unit vectors in a relative coordinate system (X′, Y′, ⁇ z′) set on wafer stage WST, and have a relation as in the following Y formula (36) with ⁇ x and ⁇ y, which are X, Y unit vectors in a reference coordinate system (X, Y, ⁇ z).
  • ex ′ ey ′ ( cos ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ z sin ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ z - sin ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ z cos ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ z ) ⁇ ( ex ey ) ( 36 )
  • C X ( p ⁇ X )cos ⁇ z +( q ⁇ Y )sin ⁇ z (37a)
  • C Y ⁇ ( p ⁇ X )sin ⁇ z +( q ⁇ Y )cos ⁇ z (37b)
  • At least one X head 66 in the total of 18 X heads belonging to head units 62 B and 62 D must face at least one of X scale 39 X 1 and 39 X 2
  • at least one Y head 64 each, or Y head 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 belonging to head units 62 A and 62 C also respectively face Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 , respectively, as illustrated in FIGS. 23A and 23B . That is, at least one each of the corresponding heads is made to face at least the three out of the four scales.
  • FIGS. 23A and 23B the head which faces the corresponding X scale or Y scale is shown surrounded in a circle.
  • main controller 20 can control positional information (including rotation in the ⁇ z direction) of wafer stage WST in the XY plane with high accuracy. Because the effect of the air fluctuation that the measurement values of encoder 70 A to 70 D receive is small enough so that it can be ignored when compared with an interferometer, the short-term stability of the measurement affected by the air fluctuation is remarkably good when compared with the interferometer.
  • Y heads 64 that measure the position of wafer stage WST in the Y-axis direction are sequentially switched, as is indicated by arrows e 1 and e 2 in the drawing, to the adjacent Y heads 64 .
  • the heads are switched from Y heads 64 surrounded by a solid circle to Y heads 64 that are surrounded by a dotted circle. Therefore, before or after this switching, linkage process of the measurement values which will be described later on is performed.
  • X heads 66 that measure the position of wafer stage WST in the X-axis direction are sequentially switched to the adjacent X heads 66 .
  • the heads are switched from X heads 66 surrounded by a solid circle to X heads 66 that are surrounded by a dotted circle. Therefore, before or after this switching, linkage process of the measurement values is performed.
  • FIG. 24A a state before the switching is shown.
  • Y head 64 3 facing the scanning area (the area where the diffraction grating is arranged) on Y scale 39 Y 2 is operating, and Y head 64 4 which has moved away from the scanning area is suspended.
  • the operating head is indicated here, using a solid black circle, and the suspended head is indicated by an outlined circle.
  • main controller 20 monitors the measurement values of Y head 64 3 which is operating.
  • the head whose measurement values are monitored, here, is shown in a double rectangular frame.
  • Y scale 39 Y 2 is displaced to the right.
  • the distance between the two adjacent Y heads is set smaller than the effective width (width of the scanning area) of Y scale 39 Y 2 in the X-axis direction. Accordingly, as shown in FIG. 24B , a state occurs where Y heads 64 3 and 64 4 face the scanning area of Y scale 39 Y 2 . Therefore, main controller 20 makes sure that Y head 64 4 , which is suspended, has faced the scanning area along with Y head 64 3 that is operating, and then activates the suspended Y head 64 4 . However, main controller 20 does not yet start monitoring the measurement values at this point.
  • main controller 20 computes a reference position of Y head 64 4 , which has been restored, from the measurement values of the active encoder heads including Y head 64 3 . Then, main controller 20 sets the reference position as an initial value of the measurement value of Y head 64 4 . Incidentally, details on the computation of the reference position and the setting of the initial value will be described later in the description.
  • Main controller 20 switches the encoder head whose measurement values are monitored from Y head 64 3 to Y head 64 4 simultaneously with the setting of the initial value above. After the switching has been completed, main controller 20 suspends the operation of Y head 64 3 before it moves off the scanning area as shown in FIG. 24D . By the operation described above, all the operations of switching the encoder heads are completed, and hereinafter, as shown in FIG. 24E , the measurement values of Y head 64 4 are monitored by main controller 20 .
  • the distance between adjacent Y heads 64 that head units 62 A and 62 C have is, for example, 70 mm (with some exceptions), and is set smaller than the effective width (e.g. 76 mm) of the scanning area of Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 in the X-axis direction.
  • the distance between adjacent X heads 66 that head units 62 B and 62 D have is, for example, 70 mm (with some exceptions), and is set smaller than the effective width (e.g. 76 mm) of the scanning area of X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 in the Y-axis direction. Accordingly, the switching operation of Y heads 64 and X heads 66 can be performed smoothly as in the description above.
  • the range in which both adjacent heads face the scale, or more specifically, the moving distance of wafer stage WST from a state shown in FIG. 24B to a state shown in FIG. 24D is 6 mm.
  • the head that monitors the measurement values is switched. This switching operation is completed by the time the head which is to be suspended moves off the scanning area, or more specifically, while wafer stage WST moves in an area by a distance of 3 mm during the state shown in FIG. 24C until the state shown in FIG. 24D .
  • the switching operation of the head is to be completed within 3 msec.
  • three encoders (the X heads and the Y heads) constantly observe wafer stage WST within the effective stroke range of wafer stage WST, and when the switching process of the encoder is performed, four encoders will be made to observe wafer stage WST, as shown in FIG. 25 .
  • encoders Enc 1 , Enc 2 , Enc 3 and Enc 4 are positioned above scales 39 Y 1 , 39 Y 2 , 39 X 1 , and 39 X 2 , respectively, as shown in FIG. 25 .
  • FIG. 25 When having a look at FIG.
  • main controller 20 switches from measurement/servo by the three encoders Enc 1 , Enc 2 and Enc 3 to measurement/servo by the three encoders Enc 2 , Enc 3 and Enc 4 .
  • this method is different from the concept of a normal encoder linkage, and in this method the linkage is made not from one head to another head, but from a combination of three heads (an encoder) to a combination of another three heads (an encoder).
  • the different head is not limited to one.
  • encoder Enc 3 was switched to encoder Enc 4 , however, instead of encoder Enc 4 , for example, the encoder can be switched, for example, to the encoder adjacent to encoder Enc 3 .
  • main controller 20 solves the simultaneous formulas (38a) to (38c) based on the measurement values C 1 , C 2 , and C 3 of encoders Enc 1 , Enc 2 , and Enc 3 , and computes positional information (X, Y, ⁇ z) of wafer stage WST within the XY plane.
  • main controller 20 substitutes X and ⁇ z computed above into the affine transformation of the next formula (39), and determines the initial value of the measurement values of encoder (X head) Enc 4 .
  • C 4 ( p 4 ⁇ X )cos ⁇ z +( q 4 ⁇ Y )sin ⁇ z (39)
  • p 4 and q 4 are the X-coordinate value and the Y-coordinate value at the measurement point of encoder Enc 4 .
  • Y coordinate value q 4 of encoder Enc 4 the positional information which was acquired on calibration of the head position previously described is read from memory 34 and is used, while as X-coordinate value p 4 of encoder Enc 4 , the design position information is read from memory 34 and is used.
  • C 2 ⁇ ( p 2 ⁇ X )sin ⁇ z +( q 2 ⁇ Y )cos ⁇ z (38b)
  • C 3 ( p 3 ⁇ X )cos ⁇ z +( q 3 ⁇ Y )sin ⁇ z (38c)
  • C 4 ( p 4 ⁇ X )cos ⁇ z +( q 4 ⁇ Y )sin ⁇ z (38d)
  • measurement value C 4 computed above is a measurement value of a corrected encoder whose measurement errors of the various encoders previously described have been corrected
  • main controller 20 performs inverse correction on measurement value C 4 and computes a raw value C 4 ′ which is the value before correction, and determines raw value C 4 ′ as the initial value of the measurement value of encoder Enc 4 , using the stage position induced error correction information, the correction information of the grating pitch of the scale (and the correction information of the grating deformation), the Abbe offset quantity (the Abbe error correction information) and the like previously described.
  • the inverse correction refers to the processing of computing measurement value C 4 ′ based on measurement value C 4 , under the hypothesis that the measurement value of the encoder after correcting measurement value C 4 ′ is C 4 , when measurement value C 4 ′, on which no correction has been performed, is corrected using the stage position induced error correction information, the scale induced error correction information (e.g., correction information of the grating pitch of the scale (and correction information of the grating deformation), and the Abbe offset quantity (Abbe error correction information) and the like.
  • the scale induced error correction information e.g., correction information of the grating pitch of the scale (and correction information of the grating deformation
  • Abbe offset quantity Abbe error correction information
  • the position control interval (control sampling interval) of wafer stage WST is 96 [ ⁇ sec], however, the measurement interval (measurement sampling interval) of an interferometer or an encoder has to be at a much higher speed.
  • the reason why the sampling of the interferometer and the encoder has to be performed at a higher-speed than the control sampling is because both the interferometer and the encoder count the intensity change (fringe) of the interference light, and when the sampling becomes rough, measurement becomes difficult.
  • the system updates the current position of wafer stage WST at every control sampling interval of 96 [ ⁇ sec], performs calculation to set the position to a target position, and outputs thrust command values and the like. Accordingly, the positional information of the wafer stage is necessary at every control sampling interval of 96 [ ⁇ sec], and the positional information in between the sampling intervals will not be necessary in the position control of wafer stage WST.
  • the interferometer and the encoder merely perform sampling at a high speed so as not to lose track of the fringe.
  • main controller 20 continues to receive the measurement values (count values) from each encoder (a head) of the encoder system, regardless of whether or not the encoder watches the scale. And, main controller 20 performs the switching operation (linkage operation between the plurality of encoders) previously described, in synchronization with the timing of the position control of the wafer stage performed every 96 [ ⁇ sec]. In such an arrangement, the switching operation of an electrically high-speed encoder will not be required, which means that costly hardware to realize such a high-speed switching operation does not necessarily have to be arranged.
  • reference code CSCK shows a generation timing of a sampling clock of the position control of wafer stage WST
  • reference code MSCK shows a generation timing of a measurement sampling clock of the encoder (and the interferometer).
  • reference code CH typically shows the switching (linkage) of the encoder.
  • main controller 20 performs the correction of the measurement errors due to delay time ⁇ for each head, each time at the generation timing of the sampling clock of the position control of the wafer stage, regardless of whether or not the switching of the encoder is performed. Accordingly, based on the measurement values of the three encoders whose measurement errors due to the measurement delay have been corrected, the position (X, Y, ⁇ z) of wafer stage WST is to be controlled.
  • the switching that could be performed from one combination of heads (encoders) to another combination of heads (encoders), and the timing when the switching can be performed are to be known, however, they also must be known in the actual sequence as well. It is also preferable to prepare the scheduling of the timing to carry out the linkage in advance.
  • main controller 20 prepares the schedule for the switching (the switching from one combination of three heads (e.g., Enc 1 , Enc 2 , and Enc 3 ) to another combination of three heads (e.g., Enc 4 , Enc 2 , and Enc 3 ), and the timing of the switch) of the three encoders (heads) which are used for measuring the positional information of wafer stage WST in directions of three degrees of freedom (X, Y, ⁇ z) within the XY plane, based on the movement course (target track) of wafer stage WST, and stores the scheduling result in the storage unit such as memory 34 .
  • the schedule for the switching the switching from one combination of three heads (e.g., Enc 1 , Enc 2 , and Enc 3 ) to another combination of three heads (e.g., Enc 4 , Enc 2 , and Enc 3 ), and the timing of the switch) of the three encoders (heads) which are used for measuring the positional information of wafer stage WST
  • main controller 20 to constantly update the schedule slightly ahead while performing the exposure operation.
  • head Enc 1 and Enc 2 indicate either Y head 64 of head units 62 A and 62 C or a pair of Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 , representatively, and heads Enc 3 and Enc 4 indicates X head 66 of head unit 62 B and 62 D, representatively.
  • FIGS. 22A, 22B and 25 the placement of encoders (heads) Enc 1 , Enc 2 , Enc 3 and the like is shown differently from the actual placement ( FIG. 3 and the like).
  • the X encoders (heads) and Y encoders (heads) that constitute encoder systems 70 A to 70 D at least three heads which at least include one X head and at least two Y heads are constantly used. Therefore, when the head which is to be used is switched along with the movement of wafer stage WST, a method of switching from a combination of three heads to another combination of three heads is employed, so as to continuously link the measurement results of the stage position before and after the switching. This method will be referred to as a first method.
  • the basic procedure of the switching process is similar to the procedure described above, and while both the first head 64 3 which will be suspended later and the second head 64 4 which will be newly used face the corresponding scale 39 Y 2 , as shown in figure of FIG. 24A or more 24 E, main controller 20 executes the restoration of the second head 64 4 and the setting of the measurement values (linkage process), and the switching (and suspension of the first head 64 3 ) of the head monitoring the measurement value.
  • main controller 20 predicts a measurement value C Y4 of the second head 64 4 using a measurement value C Y3 of the first head 64 3 .
  • measurement values C Y3 and C Y4 of Y heads 64 3 and 64 4 follow formulas (39a) and (39b) below.
  • C Y3 ⁇ ( p 3 ⁇ X )sin ⁇ z +( q 3 ⁇ Y )cos ⁇ z (39a)
  • C Y4 ⁇ ( p 4 ⁇ X )sin ⁇ z +( q 4 ⁇ Y )cos ⁇ z (39b)
  • (p 3 , q 3 ) and (p 4 , q 4 ) are the X and Y setting positions (or to be more precise, the X and Y positions of the measurement points) of Y heads 64 3 and 64 4 .
  • Predicted value C Y4 that has been obtained is to be set as the initial value of the measurement value of the second head 64 4 at a proper timing. After the setting, the first head 64 3 is suspended when it moves off scale 39 Y 2 , which completes the switching and linkage process.
  • a value of rotation angle ⁇ z which is obtained from the measurement results of another head that is active, should be substituted into variable ⁇ z.
  • another head that is active is not limited to the first head 64 3 which is subject to switching, but includes all the heads that provide the measurement results necessary to obtain rotation angle ⁇ z.
  • rotation angle ⁇ z can be obtained using the first head 64 3 , and for example, one of the heads of head unit 62 A that faces Y scale 39 Y 1 during the switching.
  • a value of rotation angle ⁇ z which can be obtained from the measurement results of X interferometer 126 of interferometer system 118 , Y interferometer 16 , or Z interferometer 43 A and 43 B and the like can be substituted into variable ⁇ z.
  • the switching and linkage process between Y heads was explained as an example here, however, the switching and linkage process between X heads, and further, also the switching and linkage process between two heads belonging to different head units such as between the X head and the Y head can also be explained similarly as the second method.
  • the measurement value of another head newly used is predicted so that the results of the position measurement of wafer stage WST is linked continuously before and after the switching, and the predicted value is set as the initial value of the measurement values of the second head.
  • theoretical formulas (37a) and (37b) and the measurement values of the active heads including the head which will be suspended later subject to the switching will be used as required.
  • a value which is obtained from the measurement results of interferometer system 118 can be used.
  • switching and linkage process between heads 64 3 and 64 4 is executed, while Y heads 64 3 and 64 4 each face the corresponding Y scale 39 Y 2 .
  • one Y head (expressed as 64 A ) of head unit 62 A faces Y scale 39 Y 1 and measures relative displacement of Y scale 39 Y 1 in the Y-axis direction. Therefore, a switching and linkage process will be considered from a first combination of Y heads 64 3 and 64 A to a second combination of Y heads 64 4 and 64 A .
  • C YA ⁇ ( p A ⁇ X )sin ⁇ z +( q A ⁇ Y )cos ⁇ z (39c)
  • (p A , q A ) is the X and Y setting position (or to be more precise, the X and Y positions of the measurement point) of Y head 64 A .
  • Predicted value C Y4 that has been obtained is to be set as the initial value of the measurement value of Y head 64 4 at a proper timing. After the setting, Y head 64 3 is suspended when it moves off scale 39 Y 2 , which completes the switching and linkage process.
  • At least one X head 66 faces X scale 39 X 1 or 39 X 2 and measures the relative displacement in the X-axis direction. Then, according to the measurement results of the three heads, which are one X head 66 two Y heads 64 3 and 64 A , the position of wafer stage WST in directions of three degrees of freedom (X, Y, ⁇ z) is computed.
  • X head 66 merely plays the role of a spectator, and the observation of the third method where a combination of two heads, Y heads 64 3 and 64 A is switched to a combination of another two heads, Y head 64 4 and 64 A , is consistently realized.
  • the first method was proposed as a general method of the switching and linkage process that could be applied to every case, regardless of the placement of the scale and the head employed in exposure apparatus 100 of the embodiment. And, based on the concrete placement of the scale and the head employed in exposure apparatus 100 of the embodiment and the concrete procedure of the linkage process, the observation of the third method could be realized under a particular condition.
  • the measurement value of another head to be newly used was predicted so that the position coordinate of wafer stage WST which is monitored is continuously linked before and after the switching, and this predicted value was set as an initial value for the measurement value of another head.
  • the measurement error of another head including the measurement error generated by the switching and linkage process can be computed and the correction data can be made.
  • the correction data that has been made can be used for servo drive control of wafer stage WST.
  • positional information of wafer stage WST measured by the another head can be corrected, or a target position of wafer stage WST for servo control can be corrected.
  • servo drive control of the reticle stage is performed, following the movement of wafer stage WST. Therefore, based on the correction data, instead of correcting the servo control of wafer stage WST, the follow-up servo control of the reticle stage can be corrected.
  • the measurement value of the head before the switching may be set as an initial value of another head without any changes.
  • the correction data not only the encoder system but also other measurement systems that the exposure apparatus in the embodiment has, such as the interferometer systems, should be appropriately used.
  • main controller 20 performs the open/close control of each valve of liquid supply unit 5 of local liquid immersion unit 8 and liquid recovery unit 6 in the manner previously described, and water is constantly filled in the space right under tip lens 191 of projection optical system PL.
  • the explanation related to the control of liquid supply unit 5 and liquid recovery unit 6 will be omitted.
  • many drawings are used in the operation description hereinafter, however, reference codes may or may not be given to the same member for each drawing. More specifically, the reference codes written are different for each drawing, however, such members have the same configuration regardless of the indication of the reference codes. The same can be said for each drawing used in the description so far.
  • FIG. 27 shows a state where exposure by the step-and-scan method is being performed on wafer W (in this case, as an example, the wafer is a wafer midway of a certain lot (one lot contains 25 or 50 wafers)) on wafer stage WST.
  • measurement stage MST can wait at a withdrawal position where it avoids bumping into wafer stage WST, however, in the embodiment, measurement stage MST is moving, following wafer stage WST while keeping a predetermined distance. Therefore, when measurement stage MST moves into a contact state (or a proximity state) with wafer stage WST after the exposure has been completed, the same distance as the predetermined distance referred to above will be enough to cover the movement distance.
  • main controller 20 controls the position (including the ⁇ z rotation) of wafer table WTB (wafer stage WST) within the XY plane, based on the measurement values of at least three encoders out of two X heads 66 (X encoders 70 B and 70 D) shown surrounded by a circle in FIG. 27 facing X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 , respectively, and two Y heads 64 (Y encoders 70 A and 70 C) shown surrounded by a circle in FIG.
  • main controller 20 controls the position of wafer table WTB in the Z-axis direction, the ⁇ y rotation (rolling), and the ex rotation (pitching), based on measurement values of one pair each of Z sensors 74 1,j and 74 2,j , and 76 1,q and 76 2,q that face one end and the other end (in the embodiment, Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 ) of the wafer table WTB surface in the X-axis direction.
  • the position of wafer table WTB in the Z-axis direction and the ⁇ y rotation (rolling) can be controlled based on the measurement value of Z sensors 74 1,j , 74 2,j , 76 1,q , and 76 2,q
  • the ⁇ x rotation (pitching) can be controlled based on the measurement values of Y interferometer 16 .
  • the control (focus leveling control of wafer W) of the position of wafer table WTB in the Z-axis direction, the ⁇ y rotation, and the ⁇ x rotation during this exposure is performed, based on results of a focus mapping performed in advance by the multipoint AF system previously described.
  • Main controller 20 performs the exposure operation described above, based on results of wafer alignment (e.g. Enhanced Global Alignment (EGA)) that has been performed beforehand and on the latest baseline and the like of alignment systems AL 1 , and AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 , by repeating a movement operation between shots in which wafer stage WST is moved to a scanning starting position (an acceleration starting position) for exposure of each shot area on wafer W, and a scanning exposure operation in which a pattern formed on reticle R is transferred onto each shot area by a scanning exposure method.
  • the exposure operation described above is performed in a state where water is retained in the space between tip lens 191 and wafer W.
  • main controller 20 controls stage drive system 124 based on the measurement value of Y interferometer 18 while maintaining the measurement value of X interferometer 130 to a constant value, and moves measurement stage MST (measurement table MTB) to the position shown in FIG. 28 .
  • measurement stage MST measurement table MTB
  • the edge surface of CD bar 46 (measurement table MTB) on the ⁇ Y side touches the edge surface of wafer table WTB on the +Y side.
  • measurement table MTB and wafer table WTB can be separated, for example, at around 300 ⁇ m in the Y-axis direction while monitoring, for example, the interferometer that measures the position of each table in the Y-axis direction or the measurement values of the encoder so as to maintain a non-contact state (proximity state).
  • the interferometer that measures the position of each table in the Y-axis direction or the measurement values of the encoder so as to maintain a non-contact state (proximity state).
  • main controller 20 begins the operation of driving measurement stage MST in the ⁇ Y-direction, and also begins the operation of driving wafer stage WST toward unloading position UP, while maintaining the positional relation of wafer table WTB and measurement table MTB in the Y-axis direction.
  • measurement stage MST is moved only in the ⁇ Y direction
  • wafer stage WST is moved in the ⁇ Y direction and the ⁇ X direction.
  • main controller 20 controls the position (including the ⁇ z rotation) of wafer table WTB (wafer stage WST) in the XY plane, based on the measurement values of three encoders.
  • FIG. 29 shows a state just before the water of liquid immersion area 14 is moved over to CD bar 46 from plate 28 . Further, in the state shown in FIG.
  • main controller 20 controls the position (including the ⁇ z rotation) of wafer table WTB (wafer stage WST) within the XY plane, based on the measurement values (and the stage position induced error correction information, the correction information of the grating pitch of the scale and the correction information of the grid line of encoders 70 A, 70 B or 70 D stored in memory 34 , corresponding to the pitching amount, rolling amount, yawing amount, and the Z position of wafer stage WST measured by interferometer system 118 ) of the three encoders 70 A, 70 B, and 70 D.
  • main controller 20 switches the control of the Y position and the ⁇ z rotation of wafer stage WST (wafer table WTB) just before this, from a control based on the measurement values of Y encoders 70 A and 70 C to a control based on the measurement values of Y interferometer 16 and Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B.
  • measurement stage MST reaches a position where baseline measurement (hereinafter appropriately referred to as Sec-BCHK (interval)) of the secondary alignment system is performed at a predetermined interval (in this case, at each wafer exchange) as shown in FIG. 30 .
  • main controller 20 stops measurement stage MST at the position, and drives wafer stage WST furthermore toward unloading position UP and then stops wafer stage WST at unloading position UP, while measuring the X position of wafer stage WST using X head 66 (X linear encoder 70 B) shown in FIG.
  • X head 66 X linear encoder 70 B
  • main controller 20 adjusts the ⁇ z rotation of CD bar 46 , based on the measurement values of Y-axis linear encoders 70 E and 70 F configured by Y heads 64 y 1 and 64 y 2 shown in FIG. 31 surrounded by a circle that face a pair of reference grids 52 on CD bar 46 supported by measurement stage MST, respectively, and also adjusts the XY position of CD bar 46 , based on the measurement value of primary alignment system AL 1 which detects reference mark M located on or in the vicinity of center line CL of measurement table MTB.
  • main controller 20 performs the Sec-BCHK (interval) in which the baseline (the relative position of the four secondary alignment systems with respect to primary alignment system AL 1 ) of the four secondary alignment systems AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 is obtained by simultaneously measuring reference mark M on CD bar 46 located within the field each secondary alignment system, respectively, using the four secondary alignment systems AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 .
  • main controller 20 gives a command to a drive system of an unload arm (not shown) so that wafer W on wafer stage WST suspended at unload position UP is unloaded, and also drives wafer stage WST in the +X direction so that the stage is moved to loading position LP, while keeping a vertical movement pin CT (not shown in FIG. 30 , refer to FIG. 31 ) elevated by a predetermined amount, which was driven upward on the unloading.
  • main controller 20 moves measurement stage MST to an optimal waiting position (hereinafter referred to as “optimal scrum waiting position”)), which is the optimal waiting position for moving measurement stage MST from the state distanced from wafer stage WST into the contact state (or proximity state) previously described with wafer stage WST.
  • optimal scrum waiting position an optimal waiting position for moving measurement stage MST from the state distanced from wafer stage WST into the contact state (or proximity state) previously described with wafer stage WST.
  • main controller 20 gives a command to a drive system of a load arm (not shown) so that a new wafer W is loaded on wafer table WTB.
  • a load arm not shown
  • wafer loading can be performed in a short period of time when compared with the case when vertical movement pin CT is driven downward and is housed inside the wafer holder.
  • FIG. 32 shows a state where wafer W is loaded on wafer table WTB.
  • the optimal scrum waiting position of measurement stage MST referred to above is appropriately set according to the Y-coordinate of alignment marks arranged on the alignment shot area on the wafer. Further, in the embodiment, the optimal scrum waiting position is decided so that wafer stage WST can move into the contact state (or proximity state) at the position where wafer stage WST stops for wafer alignment.
  • main controller 20 moves wafer stage WST from loading position LP, to a position (more specifically, a position where the former process of base line measurement (Pri-BCHK) of the primary alignment system is performed) in the field (detection area) of primary alignment system AL 1 where fiducial mark FM on measurement plate 30 shown in FIG. 33 is positioned.
  • main controller 20 controls the position of wafer table WTB (wafer stage WST) in the XY plane.
  • main controller 20 switches the position control of wafer stage WST in the XY plane from the irregular control described above to the position control using the three encoders (heads) in the following procedure.
  • two X heads 66 (of the heads, head 66 that faces X scale 39 X 2 is shown surrounded by a circle) of head unit 62 D face X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 , respectively, and two Y heads 64 y 2 and 64 y 1 , which are shown in FIG. 33 surrounded by a circle, face Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 , respectively.
  • main controller 20 selects the two Y heads 64 y 2 and 64 y 1 and X head 66 that faces X scale 39 X 2 (these three selected heads will hereinafter be referred to as origin heads), and finely moves wafer stage WST within the XY plane so that an absolute phase of each origin head will be the initial value for each origin head that has been decided beforehand.
  • the initial value of the absolute phase of each origin head is decided to be the measurement values of the absolute phase of Y heads 64 y 2 and 64 y 1 which were obtained after adjusting ⁇ z rotation of wafer stage WST in advance so as to make the ⁇ z rotational error of wafer stage WST become a value close to zero as much as possible, and the measurement value of the absolute phase of the remaining origin head 66 which was measured at the same time with the measurement values of the Y heads.
  • the position of wafer stage WST within the XY plane is driven so that the value that the measurement value of each origin head decided beforehand fits within a range of one fringe of the interference fringe.
  • main controller 20 begins the position control of wafer stage WST within the XY plane again, using origin heads (Y heads) 64 y 2 and 64 y 1 (encoders 70 A and 70 C) which face Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 , respectively, and origin head (X head) 66 (encoder 70 D) which face X scale 39 X 2 .
  • main controller 20 switches the position control of wafer stage WST in the XY plane at the position where of the former process of Pri-BCHK is performed from the irregular control previously described to the position control based on the measurement values of encoders 70 A, 70 C and 70 D corresponding to the three origin heads 66 , 64 y 2 and 64 y 1 .
  • the position control based on the measurement values of encoders 70 A, 70 C and 70 D is performed by controlling the position of wafer stage WST within the XY plane, based on the measurement values of encoders 70 A, 70 C and 70 D, the stage position induced error correction information (the correction information that is obtained from formulas (22) and (23) previously described) of each encoder which corresponds to the pitching amount or rolling amount, yawing amount, and the Z position of wafer stage WST measured by interferometer system 118 , the correction information of the grating pitch and the correction information of the grid line of each scale, and the Abbe offset quantity (Abbe error correction information).
  • the stage position induced error correction information the correction information that is obtained from formulas (22) and (23) previously described
  • main controller 20 performs the former process of Pri-BCHK in which fiducial mark FM is detected using primary alignment system AL 1 .
  • measurement stage MST is waiting at the optimal scrum waiting position described above.
  • main controller 20 begins the movement of wafer stage WST in the +Y direction toward a position where the alignment marks arranged in three first alignment shot areas are detected.
  • main controller 20 stops wafer stage WST.
  • main controller 20 activates (turns on) Z sensors 72 a to 72 d at the point when Z sensors 72 a to 72 d begins to move over wafer table WTB or at the point before, and measures the Z position and the inclination ( ⁇ y rotation and ⁇ x rotation) of wafer table WTB.
  • main controller 20 detects the alignment marks arranged in the three first alignment shot areas substantially at the same time and also individually (refer to the star-shaped marks in FIG. 34 ), using primary alignment system AL 1 , and secondary alignment systems AL 2 2 and AL 2 3 , and makes a link between the detection results of the three alignment systems AL 1 , AL 2 2 , and AL 2 3 and the measurement values (measurement values after the correction according to each correction information) of at least the three encoders above at the time of the detection, and stores them in the internal memory.
  • the shift to the contact state (or proximity state) between measurement stage MST and wafer stage WST is completed at the position where detection of the alignment marks of the first alignment shot areas is performed, and from this position, main controller 20 begins to move both stages WST and MST in the +Y direction (step movement toward the position for detecting alignment marks arranged in five second alignment shot areas) in the contact state (or proximity state).
  • main controller 20 Prior to starting the movement of both stages WST and MST in the +Y direction, as shown in FIG. 34 , main controller 20 begins irradiation of a detection beam from irradiation system 90 of the multipoint AF system ( 90 a , 90 b ) toward wafer table WTB. Accordingly, a detection area of the multipoint AF system is formed on wafer table WTB.
  • main controller 20 performs the former process of the focus calibration, and obtains the relation between the measurement values (surface position information on one side and the other side of wafer table WTB in the X-axis direction) of Z sensors 72 a , 72 b , 72 c , and 72 d , in a state where a straight line (center line) in the Y-axis direction passing through the center (substantially coinciding with the center of wafer W) of wafer table WTB coincides with straight line LV previously described, and the detection results (surface position information) of a detection point (the detection point located in or around the center, among a plurality of detection points) on the surface of measurement plate 30 of the multipoint AF system ( 90 a , 90 b ).
  • liquid immersion area 14 is located in the vicinity of the border of CD bar 46 and wafer table WTB. More specifically, liquid immersion
  • the alignment marks arranged in the five second alignment shot areas are detected substantially at the same time and also individually (refer to the star-shaped marks in FIG. 3 ), using the five alignment systems AL 1 , and AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 and a link is made between the detection results of the five alignment systems AL 1 , and AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 and the measurement values (measurement values after the correction according to each correction information) of the three encoders 70 A, 70 C, and 70 D at the time of the detection, and stored in the internal memory.
  • main controller 20 controls the position within the XY plane of wafer table WTB based on the measurement values of X head 66 facing X scale 39 X 2 (X linear encoder 70 D) and Y linear encoders 70 A and 70 C.
  • main controller 20 can perform a statistical computation such as the one disclosed in, for example, Kokai (Japanese Unexamined Patent Application Publication) No. 61-44429 (the corresponding U.S. Pat. No. 4,780,617) and the like, to obtain the scaling (shot magnification) of wafer W, and can adjust the optical properties of projection optical system PL, such as for example, the projection magnification, by controlling an adjustment 68 (refer to FIG. 6 ) based on the shot magnification which has been computed.
  • Adjustment unit 68 adjusts the optical properties of projection optical system PL, for example, by driving a particular movable lens that configures projection optical system PL, or changing gas pressure in an airtight chamber formed between particular lenses that configure projection optical system PL or the like.
  • main controller 20 starts again movement in the +Y direction of both stages WST and MST in the contact state (or proximity state), and at the same time, starts the focus mapping using Z sensors 72 a to 72 d and the multipoint AF system ( 90 a , 90 b ), as is shown in FIG. 36 .
  • the Pri-BCHK latter process refers to a processing in which a projected image (aerial image) of a pair of measurement marks on reticle R projected by projection optical system PL is measured, using aerial image measurement unit 45 previously described which has aerial image measurement slit pattern SL formed on measurement plate 30 , and the measurement results (aerial image intensity depending on the XY position of wafer table WTB) are stored in the internal memory.
  • the projected image of the pair of measurement marks is measured in an aerial image measurement operation by the slit scan method, using a pair of aerial image measurement slit patterns SL, respectively, similar to the method disclosed in, U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2002/0041377 and the like.
  • the latter process of the focus calibration refers to a processing in which main controller 20 measures the aerial image of a measurement mark formed on a mark plate (not shown) on reticle R or on reticle stage RST using aerial image measurement unit 45 , while controlling the position (Z position) of measurement plate 30 (wafer table WTB) related to the optical axis direction of projection optical system PL, based on the surface position information of wafer table WTB (wafer stage WST) measured by Z sensors 72 a , 72 b , 72 c , and 72 d , and then measures the best focus position of projection optical system PL based on the measurement results, as shown in FIG. 37 .
  • main controller 20 While moving measurement plate 30 in the Z-axis direction, main controller 20 takes in the measurement values of Z sensors 74 1,4 , 74 2,4 , 76 1,3 , and 76 2,3 in synchronization with taking in the output signal from aerial image measurement unit 45 . Then, main controller 20 stores the values of Z sensors 74 1,4 , 74 2,4 , 76 1,3 , and 76 2,3 corresponding to the best focus position of projection optical system PL in a memory (not shown).
  • the reason why the position (Z position) related to the optical axis direction of projection optical system PL of measurement plate 30 (wafer stage WST) is controlled using the surface position information measured in the latter process of the focus calibration by Z sensors 72 a , 72 b , 72 c , and 72 d is because the latter process of the focus calibration is performed during the focus mapping previously described.
  • liquid immersion area 14 is formed between projection optical system PL and measurement plate 30 (wafer table WTB)
  • the measurement of the aerial image is performed via projection optical system PL and water Lq.
  • measurement plate 30 and the like is installed in wafer stage WST (wafer table WTB), and the light receiving element and the like is installed in measurement stage MST, the measurement of the aerial image is performed while maintaining the contact state (or proximity state) of wafer stage WST and measurement stage MST, as shown in FIG. 37 .
  • measurement values (more specifically, surface position information of wafer table WTB) of Z sensors 74 1,4 , 74 2,4 , 76 1,3 , and 76 2,3 corresponding to the best focus position of projection optical system PL are obtained, in a state where the straight line (the center line) in the Y-axis direction passing through the center of wafer table WTB coincides with straight line LV previously described.
  • main controller 20 computes the baseline of primary alignment system AL 1 , based on the results of the former process of Pri-BCHK and the results of the latter process of Pri-BCHK described above.
  • main controller 20 obtains the offset at a representative detection point (the detection point located in or around the center, among a plurality of detection points) of the multipoint AF system (
  • main controller 20 only has to move wafer stage WST from loading position LP to a position where the alignment marks arranged in the first alignment shot areas are detected.
  • the baseline which is measured by a similar operation just before the exposure of a wafer exposed earlier than wafer W subject to exposure is used.
  • the best focus position of projection optical system PL which is measured just before the exposure of a preceding wafer is used.
  • main controller 20 stops wafer stage WST at that position, while also making measurement stage MST continue the movement in the +Y direction. Then, main controller 20 almost simultaneously and individually detects the alignment marks arranged in the five third alignment shot areas AS (refer to star-shaped marks in FIG. 38 ) using five alignment systems AL 1 and AL 2 1 to AL 2 4 , links the detection results of five alignment systems AL 1 and AL 2 1 and AL 2 4 and the measurement values of the four encoders at the time of the detection and stores them in the internal memory. At this point in time, the focus mapping is being continued.
  • measurement stage MST and wafer stage WST moves from the contact state (or proximity state) into a separation state.
  • main controller 20 stops the movement of measurement stage MST when measurement stage MST reaches an exposure start waiting position where measurement stage MST waits until exposure is started.
  • main controller 20 starts to move wafer stage WST in the +Y direction toward a position where alignment marks arranged in three fourth alignment shot areas are detected. At this point in time, the focus mapping is being continued. Meanwhile, measurement stage WST is waiting at the exposure start waiting position described above.
  • main controller 20 immediately stops wafer stage WST, and almost simultaneously and individually detects the alignment marks arranged in the three fourth alignment shot areas on wafer W (refer to star-shaped marks in FIG. 39 ) using primary alignment system AL 1 and secondary alignment systems AL 2 2 and AL 2 3 , links the detection results of three alignment systems AL 1 , AL 2 2 and AL 2 3 and the measurement values of the four encoders at the time of the detection, and stores them in the internal memory. Also at this point in time, the focus mapping is being continued, and measurement stage MST is still waiting at the exposure start waiting position.
  • main controller 20 uses the detection results of a total of 16 alignment marks and the measurement values (measurement values after the correction by each correction information) of the corresponding encoders obtained in the manner described above, main controller 20 computes array information (coordinate values) of all the shot areas on wafer W on a coordinate system (for example, an XY coordinate system whose origin is placed at the center of wafer table WTB) that is set by the measurement axes of the four encoders, using the EGA method disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,780,617 and the like.
  • a coordinate system for example, an XY coordinate system whose origin is placed at the center of wafer table WTB
  • main controller 20 continues the focus mapping while moving wafer stage WST in the +Y direction again. Then, when the detection beam from the multipoint AF system ( 90 a , 90 b ) moves off the wafer W surface, as is shown in FIG. 40 , main controller 20 ends the focus mapping.
  • main controller 20 performs exposure by the step-and-scan method in a liquid immersion exposure and sequentially transfers a reticle pattern to a plurality of shot areas on wafer W. Afterwards, similar operations are repeatedly performed so as to expose the remaining wafers within the lot.
  • the positional information (including the ⁇ z rotation) of wafer stage WST within the XY plane is measured by three encoders, which at least include one each of an X encoder and a Y encoder of the encoder system, while wafer stage WST is being driven. Then, main controller 20 switches an encoder (a head) used for measuring the positional information of wafer stage WST in the XY plane from one of the encoders of the three encoders to another encoder, so that the position of wafer stage WST within the XY plane is maintained before and after the switching.
  • an encoder a head
  • main controller 20 uses the measurement values of each encoder whose measurement errors of the head (encoder) due to the measurement delay previously described have been corrected. Accordingly, it becomes possible to move wafer stage WST two-dimensionally, precisely along a predetermined course, while performing linkage between a plurality of encoders.
  • main controller 20 measures the positional information (including the ⁇ z rotation) of wafer stage WST within the XY plane (the movement plane) by three heads (encoders), which at least include one each of an X head (X encoder) and a Y head (Y encoder) of the encoder system. Then, based on the measurement results of the positional information and the positional information ((X, Y) coordinate value) in the movement plane of the three heads used for measuring the positional information, main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST within the XY plane.
  • heads encoders
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST within the XY plane, while computing the positional information of wafer stage WST within the XY plane using the affine transformation relation. Accordingly, it becomes possible to control the movement of wafer stage WST with good precision while switching the head (encoder) used for control during the movement of wafer stage WST, using the encoder system including head units 62 A to 62 D which respectively have a plurality of Y heads 64 or a plurality of X heads 66 .
  • main controller 20 takes in the output of each encoder (a head) of the encoder system constantly (at a predetermined measurement sampling interval), as well as executes an operation where the encoder used for position control of wafer stage WST is switched from an encoder (a head) that has been used for position control of wafer stage WST to another encoder (a head) in synchronization with the timing of the position control of wafer stage WST. Therefore, the switching of the encoder no longer has to be performed at a high speed in synchronization with the measurement sampling where the output of the interferometer and the encoder is taken in, and a highly precise hardware for the switching will not be necessary, which consequently will make cost reduction possible.
  • main controller 20 can make out a combination of encoders subject to the switching of the encoder used for position control of wafer stage WST from an arbitrary encoder of the encoder system to another encoder and prepare a schedule in advance for the timing of the switching, based on the movement course of wafer stage WST. Then, during the movement of wafer stage WST, main controller 20 measures the positional information of wafer stage WST within the XY plane using the three encoders of the encoder system, and based on the contents above that have been scheduled, the switching from the arbitrary encoder to the another encoder is performed. According to this, a reasonable encoder switching according to the target track of wafer stage WST becomes possible.
  • wafer stage WST in the case of moving wafer stage WST in a predetermined direction, such as, for example, the Y-axis direction at the time of wafer alignment time or exposure, wafer stage WST is driven in the Y-axis direction, based on the measurement information of the encoder system, the positional information (including inclination information, e.g., rotation information in the ⁇ x direction) of wafer stage WST in a direction different from the Y-axis direction, the characteristic information (e.g., the degree of flatness of the grating surface, and/or a grating formation error) of the scale, and the correction information of the Abbe error due to the Abbe offset quantity of the scale.
  • the positional information including inclination information, e.g., rotation information in the ⁇ x direction
  • the characteristic information e.g., the degree of flatness of the grating surface, and/or a grating formation error
  • correction information of the Abbe error due to the Abbe offset quantity of the scale
  • wafer stage WST is driven to compensate for the measurement errors of the encoder system (encoders 70 A and 70 C) caused by the displacement (including the inclination) of wafer stage WST in a direction different from the Y-axis direction and the scale.
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST in the Y-axis direction, based on the measurement values of encoders 70 A and 70 C which measure the positional information of wafer stage WST in a predetermined direction, such as, for example, in the Y-axis direction, the positional information of wafer stage WST in a direction different from the Y-axis direction at the time of the measurement (direction besides the measurement direction), such as, for example, the stage position induced error correction information (the correction information which is computed by formula (22) previously described) that corresponds to the positional information of wafer stage WST in the ⁇ x direction, ⁇ z direction, and the Z-axis direction measured by Y interferometer 16 and Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B of interferometer system 118 , the correction information (the correction information which takes into consideration the unevenness (degree of flatness) of the Y scale) of the grating pitch of the Y scale, the correction information of the warp of grid line 38 of the Y scale, and
  • stage drive system 124 is controlled and wafer stage WST is driven in the Y-axis direction, based on the measurement values of encoders 70 A and 70 C which are corrected according to each correction information of the relative displacement of scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 and Y head 64 in the direction besides the measurement direction, the measurement errors of encoders 70 A and 70 C, due to the grating pitch of Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 the warp of grid line 38 , and the Abbe error due to the Abbe offset quantity of the Y scale.
  • the measurement values (count values) of encoders 70 A and 70 C are the same results as when an ideal grating (diffraction grating) is measured with an ideal encoder (head).
  • An ideal grating (diffraction grating) here, refers to a grating whose surface of the grating is parallel to the movement plane (the XY plane) of the stage and is a completely flat surface, and the pitch direction of the grating is parallel to the beam of the interferometer and the distance between the grid lines is completely equal.
  • An ideal encoder (head) refers to a head whose optical axis is perpendicular to the movement plane of the stage and whose measurement values do not change by Z displacement, leveling, yawing and the like.
  • wafer stage WST is driven in the X-axis direction, based on the measurement information of the encoder system, the positional information (including inclination information, e.g., rotation information in the ⁇ y direction) of wafer stage WST in a direction different from the X-axis direction, the characteristic information (e.g., the degree of flatness of the grating surface, and/or a grating formation error) of the scale, and the correction information of the Abbe error due to the Abbe offset quantity of the scale.
  • the positional information including inclination information, e.g., rotation information in the ⁇ y direction
  • the characteristic information e.g., the degree of flatness of the grating surface, and/or a grating formation error
  • wafer stage WST is driven to compensate for the measurement errors of the encoder system (encoders 70 B and 70 D) caused by the displacement (including the inclination) of wafer stage WST in a direction different from the X-axis direction.
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST in the X-axis direction, based on the measurement values of encoders 70 B and 70 D which measure the positional information of wafer stage WST in the X-axis direction, the positional information of wafer stage WST in a direction different from the X-axis direction at the time of the measurement (direction besides the measurement direction), such as, for example, the stage position induced error correction information (the correction information which is computed by formula (23) previously described) that corresponds to the positional information of wafer stage WST in the ⁇ y direction, ⁇ z direction, and the Z-axis direction measured by Z interferometers 43 A and 43 B of interferometer system 118 , the correction information (the correction information which takes into consideration the uneven
  • stage drive system 124 is controlled and wafer stage WST is driven in the X-axis direction, based on the measurement values of encoders 70 B and 70 D which are corrected according to each correction information of the relative displacement of X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 and X head 66 in the direction besides the measurement direction, the measurement errors of encoders 70 B and 70 D, due to the grating pitch of X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 the warp of grid line 37 , and the Abbe error due to the Abbe offset quantity of X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 .
  • the measurement values of encoders 70 B and 70 D are the same results as when an ideal grating (diffraction grating) is measured with an ideal encoder (head).
  • main controller 20 performs the linkage operation between the plurality of encoders, between the encoders (between combinations of the encoders) in accordance with the schedule set in advance, at a timing in accordance with the schedule, in synchronization with the timing of the position control of wafer stage WST.
  • the measurement data corresponding to the detection signals of a total of three heads including at least one of the encoder systems, such as, for example, an X head and a Y head is taken in at a predetermined control sampling interval (for example, 96 [ ⁇ sec]), respectively, and based on the measurement data which was taken in the latest and the data just before the latest data (one control sampling interval earlier) for each head, and the information of delay time ⁇ that accompanies the detection signals propagating through the cable (propagation path), wafer stage WST is driven so that the measurement errors of the head (encoder) due to the measurement delay that accompanies the detection signals propagating delay the cable (propagation path) are corrected. According to this, it becomes possible to drive wafer stage WST with high precision in the desired direction without being affected by the measurement delay that accompanies the detection signals of the head of the
  • the positional information of wafer stage WST is measured using a total of three heads (encoders) that include encoders 70 A and 70 C each having a pair of Y heads 64 which faces Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 , respectively.
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST in a predetermined direction (e.g. the Y-axis direction (or the X-axis direction)) within the XY plane, and during the drive, for a plurality of Y heads 64 (or X heads 66 ) of the encoder system, such as for example, a pair, takes in the detection signals of each head and detection signals of Y interferometer 16 (or X interferometer 126 ) of interferometer system 118 in memory 34 simultaneously at a predetermined sampling timing, and based on both of the detection signals, executes a delay time acquisition process of acquiring information of the delay time for each head the with the detection signals of the corresponding interferometer serving as a reference.
  • a predetermined direction e.g. the Y-axis direction (or the X-axis direction)
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST in a predetermined direction (e.g. the Y-axis direction (or the X-axis direction)) within the XY plane
  • exposure apparatus 100 main controller 20 itself to acquire the information of the delay time of the detection signals of each of the plurality of heads with the detection signals of the corresponding interferometer of interferometer system 118 serving as a reference.
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST in the manner described above. Accordingly, even if the delay time is different for each head, it becomes possible to drive wafer stage WST using each encoder of the encoder system with good precision, without being affected by the difference of the delay time between the plurality of heads.
  • wafer stage WST is sequentially moved to unloading position UP and then to loading position LP, and unloading of wafer W that has been exposed from wafer stage WST and loading of a new wafer W on wafer stage WST, or more specifically, exchange of wafer W is performed on wafer stage WST.
  • main controller 20 sets the position of wafer stage WST at the processing position where the former process of Pri-BCHK described earlier is performed, and starts the position control of wafer stage WST within the XY plane using the three encoders of the encoder system once more, according to the procedure previously described.
  • the encoder system makes it possible to measure the positional information of wafer stage WST within the XY plane in the effective area previously described that includes the exposure position with good precision for over a long period, which in turn makes it possible to maintain the exposure precision for over a long period of time.
  • main controller 20 starts the position control of wafer stage WST within the XY plane using the three encoders of the encoder system once more, in a state in which yawing of wafer stage WST is adjusted to a position where the absolute phase of a pair of origin heads 64 y 2 and 64 y 1 which are spaced apart by distance L ( ⁇ 400 mm) becomes the initial value that has been decided in advance.
  • the yawing error of wafer stage WST based on the measurement values of three origin heads at the control starting point within the XY plane of wafer stage WST can be set approximately to 0, and as a result, the shift of the baseline of the primary alignment system in the X-axis direction that accompanies the yawing error of wafer stage WST, chip rotation (rotational error of the shot area on wafer W), and the generation of overlay error that accompanies the chip rotation can be effectively controlled.
  • each time exchange of wafer W is performed on wafer stage WST, prior to starting the EGA alignment measurement, or to be more specific, prior to the measurement of the alignment marks arranged in the three first alignment shot areas on wafer W by alignment systems AL 1 , AL 2 2 , and AL 2 3
  • main controller 20 begins the position control of wafer stage WST within the XY plane using the three encoders once more. Therefore, even if there are some errors in the measurement values of the X position and the Y position of wafer stage WST measured by the encoder at the point in time when position control of wafer stage WST within the XY plane using the three encoders is started once more, the errors are consequently canceled by the EGA performed next.
  • main controller 20 continues the measurement of the positional information of wafer stage WST in the X-axis direction, which is the measurement direction of X encoder 70 B, even while exchange of wafer W is being performed on wafer stage WST, using X encoder 70 B (X head 66 , which is a head of head unit 62 D that faces X scale 39 X 2 ) of the encoder system. Therefore, X interferometer 128 , which measures the X position of wafer stage WST in the vicinity of unloading position UP and loading position LP, does not necessarily have to be arranged. However, in the embodiment, X interferometer 128 is arranged for the purpose of backup, such as at the time of abnormality of the encoder.
  • main controller 20 drives wafer stage WST on which wafer W is placed with good precision, based on the measurement values of each encoder described above, the stage position induced error correction information of each encoder corresponding to the positional information of the wafer stage in the direction besides the measurement direction at the time of the measurement, the correction information of the grating pitch of each scale and the correction information of the grid line, and the correction information of the Abbe error due to the Abbe offset quantity of each scale.
  • main controller 20 switches the measurement unit used for the position control of wafer stage WST from interferometer system 118 to the encoder system (switches the control of the position of wafer table WTB within the XY plane from the irregular control previously described to the control based on the measurement values of at least three encoders out of encoders 70 B and 70 D and encoders 70 A and 70 C). According to this, even if there are some errors in the measurement values of the X position and the Y position of wafer stage WST by the encoder system just after the switching, there is an advantage of the errors being consequently canceled by the EGA performed next.
  • main controller 20 changes wafer stage WST into a plurality of different attitudes, and for each attitude, in a state where the attitude of wafer stage WST is maintained based on the measurement results of interferometer system 118 , moves wafer stage WST in the Z-axis direction in a predetermined stroke range while irradiating a detection light from head 64 or 66 of the encoder on the specific area of scales 39 Y 1 , 39 Y 2 , 39 X 1 or 39 X 2 , and samples the measurement results of the encoder during the movement.
  • change information for example, an error characteristics curve as shown in the graph in FIG. 12
  • change information for example, an error characteristics curve as shown in the graph in FIG. 12
  • main controller 20 obtains the correction information of the measurement values of the encoder corresponding to the positional information of wafer stage WST in the direction besides the measurement direction. Accordingly, the stage position induced error correction information for correcting the measurement errors of the encoder due to a relative change between the head and the scale in the direction besides the measurement direction can be determined by a simple method.
  • the sampling described above is performed on the measurement results of the encoder, and the stage position induced error correction information of each encoder configured by each Y head 64 and Y scale 39 Y 1 is determined based on the sampling result, by using this correction information, a geometric error which occurs because of the gradient of the head is also consequently corrected.
  • main controller 20 when main controller 20 obtains by the correction information with the plurality of encoders corresponding to the same scale as the object, it obtains the correction information of the encoder serving as the object taking into consideration the geometric error which occurs by the gradient of the head of the object encoder when wafer stage WST is moved in the Z-axis direction. Accordingly, in the embodiment, a cosine error caused by different gradient angles in a plurality of heads is also not generated.
  • obtaining the correction information similarly can prevent the measurement error from occurring, which in turn prevents the deterioration of the position control precision of wafer stage WST. That is, in the embodiment, wafer stage WST is driven so as to compensate for the measurement errors (hereinafter also referred to as a head induced error) of the encoder system which occur due to the head unit.
  • correction information of the measurement values of the encoder system can be computed, based on the characteristic information (for example, including the gradient of the head and/or the optical properties and the like) of the head unit.
  • the degree of freedom that the movable body has is only two degrees of freedom (X, Y) in the movement plane, however, the present invention can be applied even to such a case.
  • an encoder system that includes a total of three or more encoders including at least one each of a first encoder which measures positional information of the movable body in a direction that is parallel to a first axis within the movement plane and a second encoder which measures positional information of the movable body in a direction parallel to a second axis orthogonal to the first axis in the movement plane can be used by a controller, and the controller can switch an encoder used for measurement of the positional information of the movable body within the movement plane from an encoder of either of at least two encoders that include each one of the first encoder and the second encoder to another encoder, so as to maintain the position of the movable body within the movement plane before and after the switching.
  • the position of the movable body within the movement plane before and after the switching is maintained although the switching of the encoder used for controlling the position of the movable body is performed, which allows a precise linkage to be performed, which in turn makes it possible to perform linkage between a plurality of encoders while moving the movable body two-dimensionally precisely along a predetermined course.
  • the controller can make out a combination of the encoders subject to the switching and prepare the schedule for the switching timing based on the movement course of the movable body, as well as constantly takes in the measurement values of each encoder of the encoder system, and the controller can also execute an operation to switch the encoder used for control of the movable body from an encoder of either of at least the two encoders used for position control of the movable body to another encoder in synchronization with the timing of the position control of the movable body.
  • the controller can compute the positional information of the movement plane of the movable body by a computing formula using the affine transformation relation based on the measurement value of at least the two encoders used for position control of the movable body before the switching, and can decide the initial value of the measurement value of the another encoder so as to satisfy the computed results.
  • a movable body drive system in which an encoder system including an a plurality of encoders which measure the positional information of a wafer stage that moves within a two-dimensional plane is equipped, and main controller 20 constantly takes in the output of each encoder of the encoder system and executes an operation of switching an encoder used for position control of the movable body from an encoder that has been used for position control of the movable body to another encoder, at a timing in synchronization with the position control of the movable body, however, besides such a system, for example, in a movable body drive system equipped with the encoder system including a plurality of encoders which measure the positional information of a movable body that moves only in a one-dimensional direction, the controller can constantly take in the output of each encoder of the encoder system and execute an operation of switching an encoder used for position control of the movable body from an encoder that has been used for position control of the movable body to another encoder
  • main controller 20 makes out a combination of the encoders subject to the switching of the encoder from an arbitrary encoder out of the three encoders of the encoder system that measures the positional information of wafer stage WST in directions of three degrees of freedom within the movement plane (XY plane) to another encoder and prepares the schedule for the switching timing based on the movement course of the movable body, however, the present invention is not limited to this.
  • movable bodies in which the movement of the movable body is allowed only in directions of two degrees of freedom or in a direction of one degree of freedom, however, even in a movable body drive system that drives such a movable body within the movement plane, if the system is equipped with an encoder system including a plurality of encoders for measuring the positional information of the movable body within the movement plane, it is desirable to make out a combination of the encoders subject to the switching of the encoder from an arbitrary encoder of the encoder system used for position control of the movable body to another encoder and prepare the schedule for the switching timing based on the movement course of the movable body, similar to the embodiment described above.
  • the controller can constantly take in the output of each encoder of the encoder system and execute an operation of switching an encoder used for position control of the movable body from an encoder that has been used for position control of the movable body to another encoder, at a timing in synchronization with the position control of the movable body.
  • wafer stage WST is moved in the X-axis direction
  • the switching of the head and linkage process of head unit 62 A and head unit 62 C is performed simultaneously, or a part of the process is performed in parallel, however, the process can be performed in head units 62 A and 62 C at a different timing.
  • the distance between adjacent heads is to be the same in head units 62 A and 62 C, and the position of head units 62 A and 62 C placed in the X-axis direction can be shifted.
  • an invention related to the switching of the head of the encoder and the linkage of the measurement value an invention related to the correction of various measurement errors (e.g., stage position induced error, head induced error, scale induced error, Abbe error and the like) of the encoder system, an invention (invention about the reset of the encoder system) in which the position control of the wafer stage using the encoder system was started once more after every wafer exchange, an invention related to the switching timing in which the switching operation of the encoder (head) is executed at a timing in synchronization with the position control of the wafer stage, an invention to prepare the schedule for the switching timing based on the movement course of the wafer stage, an invention associated with the correction of the measurement errors of the encoder head due to the measurement delay that accompanies the propagation of the detection signal and the like were carried out by the same exposure apparatus.
  • the inventions above can be executed alone or in any combination.
  • a correction of the stage position induced error, the head induced error, the scale induced error and the Abbe error previously described or a combination of two or more of the corrections can also be performed.
  • the controller in addition to the latest measurement data and the measurement data just before the latest measurement data (one control sampling interval), the controller can compute a secondary approximate curve of the temporal change curve of the position of the movable body using measurement data two measurements before the latest measurement data (two control sampling interval), and can drive wafer stage WST so that the measurement errors due to the measurement delay that accompanies the propagation of the detection signal of each head of the encoder system through the propagation path are corrected based on the approximation curve.
  • the important thing is the controller should drive the movable body based on a plurality of data which includes the latest measurement data of the head of the encoder system and previous data including at least the measurement data just before the latest measurement data and on information of the delay time that accompanies the propagation the detection signal of the head through the cable, so that the measurement errors due to the measurement delay of the head are corrected.
  • main controller 20 performed the delay time acquisition process in which the information of the delay time of each Y head (or each X head) was acquired with the detection signals of Y interferometer 16 (or X interferometer 126 ) serving as a reference, however, the present invention is not limited to this, and by obtaining the difference of the delay time that accompanies the propagation of the detection signal of one of the X heads (or Y heads) through the cable and the delay time that accompanies the propagation of the detection signal of other X heads (or Y heads), information of the delay time for other X heads (or Y head) can be acquired with the detection signals of the one X head (or Y head) above serving as a reference.
  • main controller 20 performed the delay time acquisition process on all heads of the encoder system, however, the present invention is not limited to this, and the delay time acquisition process can be performed on some heads.
  • main controller 20 obtained the information of the delay time based on intensity difference ⁇ I of each head, e.g. detection signal C 2 of Y head 64 and the corresponding interferometer, e.g. output signal C 1 of Y interferometer 16 , and computed the information of delay time ⁇ above for Y head 64 , however, the present invention is not limited to this, and the information of the delay time can be obtained directly, from the shift of both signals in the temporal axis direction.
  • the present invention is not limited to this. More specifically, even if the position measurement of the wafer stage within the XY plane by the encoder system can be continued even at the unloading position and the loading position, it is desirable to begin the position measurement and position control of wafer stage WST using the three encoders once more, at any point while wafer stage WST returns from the wafer exchange position to the alignment area, similar to the embodiment above. By doing so, the cumulative error of the wafer stage position that accompanies the linkage process repeatedly performed between a plurality of encoders can be canceled regularly.
  • main controller 20 had control over each part of the exposure apparatus such as the stage system, the interferometer system, the encoder system and the like, however, the present invention is not limited to this, and it is a matter of course that at least a part of the control performed by main controller 20 can be shared with a plurality of controllers.
  • a stage controller which controls wafer stage WST based on the measurement values of the encoder system, the Z sensor and the interferometer system, can be arranged to operate under main controller 20 .
  • the control that main controller 20 performs does not necessarily have to be realized by hardware, and the control can be realized by software using a computer program that sets the operation of main controller 20 or each operation of some controllers that share the control as previously described.
  • the configuration and the placement of the encoder system, the interferometer system, the multipoint AF system, the Z sensor and the like in the embodiment above is an example among many, and it is a matter of course that the present invention is not limited to this.
  • an example was indicated of a case where the pair of Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 used for the measurement of the position in the Y-axis direction and the pair of X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 used for the measurement of the position in the X-axis direction are arranged on wafer table WTB, and corresponding to the scales, the pair of head units 62 A and 62 C is placed on one side and the other side of the X-axis direction of projection optical system PL, and the pair of head units 62 B and 62 D is placed on one side and the other side of the Y-axis direction of projection optical system PL.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and of Y scales 39 Y 1 and 39 Y 2 used for the measurement of the position in the Y-axis direction and X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 used for the measurement of the position in the X-axis direction, at least one of the scales can be arranged singularly on wafer table WTB, without being a pair, or, of the pair of head units 62 A and 62 C and the pair of head units 62 B and 62 D, at least one of the head units can be arranged, singularly.
  • the extension direction of the scale and the extension direction of the head unit are not limited to an orthogonal direction such as the X-axis direction and the Y-axis direction in the embodiment above, and it can be any direction as long as the directions intersect each other.
  • the periodic direction of the diffraction grating can be a direction orthogonal to (or intersecting with) the longitudinal direction of each scale, and in such a case, a plurality of heads of the corresponding head unit should be placed in a direction orthogonal to the periodic direction of the diffraction grating.
  • each head unit can have a plurality of heads placed without any gap in a direction orthogonal to the periodic direction of the diffraction grating.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the grating can be placed, as a matter of course, on the lower surface, or on the side surface of wafer stage WST.
  • an encoder system having a configuration in which a head is arranged on a wafer stage, and a two-dimensional grating (or a one-dimensional grating section which is arranged two-dimensionally) placed external to the movable body can be employed.
  • the two-dimensional grating (or the one-dimensional grating section which is arranged two-dimensionally) can also be used as a reflection surface reflecting the measurement beam from a Z sensor.
  • rotation information (pitching amount) of wafer stage WST in the ⁇ x direction was measured by interferometer system 118 , however, for example, the pitching amount can be obtained from the measurement values of either of the pair of Z sensors 74 i,j or 76 p,q .
  • one Z sensor or a pair of Z sensors can be arranged in proximity each head of head units 62 B and 62 D, and the pitching amount can be obtained from X scales 39 X 1 and 39 X 2 and the measurement value of the Z sensors that face the scales, respectively.
  • the positional information of wafer stage WST in directions of six degrees of freedom or more specifically, the X-axis, Y-axis, Z-axis, ⁇ x, ⁇ y, and ⁇ z directions using the encoder and the Z sensor previously described, without using interferometer system 118 .
  • the measurement of the positional information of wafer stage WST in directions of six degrees of freedom using the encoder and the Z sensor previously described can be performed not only in the exposure operation but also in the alignment operation and/or the focus mapping operation previously described.
  • the measurement values of the encoder system were corrected based on the correction information previously described so as to compensate for the measurement errors of the encoder system that occur due to displacement (relative displacement of the head and the scale) of wafer stage WST in a direction different from a predetermined direction in which wafer stage WST is driven
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and the target position for setting the position of wafer stage WST based on the correction information previously described can be corrected, for example, while driving wafer stage WST based on the measurement values of the encoder system.
  • the position of reticle stage RST can be corrected based on the correction information previously described, while, for example, driving wafer stage WST based on the measurement values of the encoder system.
  • wafer stage WST was driven based on the measurement value of the encoder system, for example, in the case of exposure, however, for example, an encoder system the measures the position of reticle stage RST can be added, and reticle stage RST can be driven based on the correction information that corresponds to the measurement values of the encoder system and the positional information of the reticle stage in the direction besides the measurement direction measured by reticle interferometer 116 .
  • the apparatus is equipped with one fixed primary alignment system and four movable secondary alignment systems, and alignment marks arranged in the 16 alignment shot areas on the wafer are detected by the sequence according to the five alignment systems.
  • the secondary alignment system does not need to be movable, and, further, the number of the secondary alignment systems does not matter. The important thing is that there is at least one alignment system that can detect the alignment marks on the wafer.
  • the exposure apparatus which is equipped with measurement stage MST separately from wafer stage WST was described as in the exposure apparatus disclosed in the pamphlet of International Publication No. WO 2005/074014, however, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, as is disclosed in, for example, Kokai (Japanese Patent Unexamined Application Publication) No. 10-214783 and the corresponding U.S. Pat. No. 6,341,007, and in the pamphlet of International Publication No. WO 98/40791 and the corresponding U.S. Pat. No.
  • each head unit can be placed in the shape of a cross with one or two alignment systems in the center, and during the measurement operation above, the positional information of each wafer stage WST can be measured using these head units and the corresponding scales.
  • the exposure apparatus by the twin wafer stage method at least two scales each is arranged in the two wafer stages, respectively, and when the exposure operation of the wafer mounted on one of the wafer stages is completed, in exchange with the stage, the other wafer stage on which the next wafer that has undergone mark detection and the like at the measurement position is mounted is placed at the exposure position.
  • the measurement operation performed in parallel with the exposure operation is not limited to the mark detection of wafers and the like by the alignment system, and instead of this, or in combination with this, the surface information (step information) of the wafer can also be detected.
  • a scale can also be placed on measurement stage MST, the position control of the measurement stage can be performed using the encoder system (head unit) previously described. More specifically, the movable body that performs the measurement of positional information using the encoder system is not limited to the wafer stage.
  • a part of the scale can be arranged so that it protrudes from the wafer stage, or, by placing the scale on the outer side of wafer stage main body using an auxiliary plate on which at least one scale is arranged, the distance between the pair of scales that face the stage can be increased as in the description above.
  • a coating can be applied on the surface so as to cover at least the diffraction grating, or a cover glass can be arranged.
  • a liquid repellent protection film can be coated on the scale (a grating surface), or a liquid repellent film can be formed on the surface (upper surface) of the cover glass.
  • the diffraction grating was formed continually on substantially the entire area in the longitudinal direction of each scale, however, for example, the diffraction grating can be formed intermittently divided into a plurality of areas, or each scale can be configured by a plurality of scales.
  • an encoder by the diffraction interference method is used as the encoder, however, the present invention is not limited to this, and methods such as the so-called pickup method, the magnetic method and the like can be used, and the so-called scan encoders whose details are disclosed in, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,639,686 and the like, can also be used.
  • a sensor configured by a first sensor (the sensor can be a sensor by the optical pick-up method or other optical displacement sensors) that projects a probe beam on a measurement object surface and optically reads the displacement of the measurement object surface in the Z-axis direction by receiving the reflected light, a drive section that drives the first sensor in the Z-axis direction, and a second sensor (e.g. encoders and the like) that measures the displacement of the first sensor in the Z-axis direction can be used.
  • a first sensor the sensor can be a sensor by the optical pick-up method or other optical displacement sensors
  • a drive section that drives the first sensor in the Z-axis direction
  • a second sensor e.g. encoders and the like
  • a mode in which the drive section drives the first sensor in the Z-axis direction based on the output of the first sensor so that the distance between the measurement object surface, such as the surface of the scale and the first sensor in the Z-axis direction is always constant
  • a mode in which a target value of the second sensor is given from an external section (controller) and the drive section maintains the position of the first sensor in the Z-axis direction so that the measurement values of the second sensor coincides with the target value
  • the output of the Z sensor the output of the measuring section (the second sensor) can be used, and in the case of the second servo control mode, the output of the second sensor can be used.
  • the positional information of wafer stage WST wafer table WTB
  • the Z sensor a sensor by other detection methods can be employed.
  • the configuration of the plurality of interferometers used for measuring the positional information of wafer stage WST and their combination are not limited to the configuration and the combination previously described.
  • the important thing is that as long as the positional information of wafer stage WST of the direction except for the measurement direction of the encoder system can be measured, the configuration of the interferometers and their combination does not especially matter.
  • the important thing is that there should be a measurement unit (it does not matter whether it is an interferometer or not) besides the encoder system described above that can measure the positional information of wafer stage WST in the direction except for the measurement direction of the encoder system.
  • the Z sensor previously described can be used as such a measurement unit.
  • the Z sensor was arranged besides the multipoint AF system, however, for example, in the case the surface position information of the shot area subject to exposure of wafer W can be detected with the multipoint AF system on exposure, then the Z sensor does not necessarily have to be arranged.
  • liquid liquid that is chemically stable, having high transmittance to illumination light IL and safe to use, such as a fluorine-containing inert liquid may be used.
  • a fluorine-containing inert liquid for example, Fluorinert (the brand name of 3M United States) can be used.
  • the fluorine-containing inert liquid is also excellent from the point of cooling effect.
  • liquid which has a refractive index higher than pure water a refractive index is around 1.44
  • liquid having a refractive index equal to or higher than 1.5 can be used as the liquid.
  • a predetermined liquid having C—H binding or O—H binding such as isopropanol having a refractive index of about 1.50, glycerol (glycerin) having a refractive index of about 1.61, a predetermined liquid (organic solvent) such as hexane, heptane or decane, or decalin (decahydronaphthalene) having a refractive index of about 1.60, or the like
  • a liquid obtained by mixing arbitrary two or more of these liquids may be used, or a liquid obtained by adding (mixing) the predetermined liquid to (with) pure water can be used.
  • liquid a liquid obtained by adding (mixing) base or acid such as H + , Cs + , K + , Cl ⁇ , SO 4 2 ⁇ , or PO 4 2 ⁇ to (with) pure water can be used.
  • a liquid obtained by adding (mixing) particles of Al oxide or the like to (with) pure water can be used.
  • These liquids can transmit ArF excimer laser light.
  • liquid which has a small absorption coefficient of light, is less temperature-dependent, and is stable to a projection optical system (tip optical member) and/or a photosensitive agent (or a protection film (top coat film), an antireflection film, or the like) coated on the surface of a wafer, is preferable.
  • fomblin oil can be selected.
  • the recovered liquid may be reused, and in this case, a filter that removes impurities from the recovered liquid is preferably arranged in a liquid recovery unit, a recovery pipe or the like.
  • the exposure apparatus is a liquid immersion type exposure apparatus
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and it can also be applied to a dry type exposure apparatus that performs exposure of wafer W without liquid (water).
  • the present invention is applied to a scanning exposure apparatus by a step-and-scan method or the like.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, but may also be applied to a static exposure apparatus such as a stepper.
  • a stepper Even with the stepper or the like, by measuring the position of a stage on which an object subject to exposure is mounted by encoders, generation of position measurement error caused by air fluctuations can substantially be nulled likewise.
  • the switching of the encoder used for position control of the stage can be performed as is previously described, and a combination of the encoders (heads) subject to the switching can be made out and the schedule for the switching timing prepared.
  • the timing of the switching operation can be in synchronization with the timing of the position control of the stage. Furthermore, it becomes possible to set the position of the stage with high precision based on the measurement values of the encoder and each of the correction information previously described, and as a consequence, it becomes possible to transfer a reticle pattern onto an object with high precision. Further, the present invention can also be applied to a reduction projection exposure apparatus by a step-and-stitch method that synthesizes a shot area and a shot area, an exposure apparatus by a proximity method, a mirror projection aligner, or the like.
  • magnification of the projection optical system in the exposure apparatus of the embodiment above is not only a reduction system, but can also be either an equal magnifying system or a magnifying system
  • projection optical system PL is not only a dioptric system, but can also be either a catoptric system or a catadioptric system
  • the projected image may be either an inverted image or an upright image.
  • the exposure area to which illumination light IL is irradiated via projection optical system PL is an on-axis area that includes optical axis AX within the field of projection optical system PL.
  • the exposure area can also be an off-axis area that does not include optical axis AX, similar to a so-called inline type catadioptric system, in part of which an optical system (catoptric system or catadioptric system) that has plural reflection surfaces and forms an intermediate image at least once is arranged, and which has a single optical axis.
  • the illumination area and exposure area described above are to have a rectangular shape. However, the shape is not limited to rectangular, and can also be circular arc, trapezoidal, parallelogram or the like.
  • a light source of the exposure apparatus in the embodiment above is not limited to the ArF excimer laser, but a pulse laser light source such as a KrF excimer laser (output wavelength: 248 nm), an F 2 laser (output wavelength: 157 nm), an Ar 2 laser (output wavelength: 126 nm) or a Kr 2 laser (output wavelength: 146 nm), or an extra-high pressure mercury lamp that generates an emission line such as a g-line (wavelength: 436 nm) or an i-line (wavelength: 365 nm) can also be used. Further, a harmonic wave generating unit of a YAG laser or the like can also be used.
  • a harmonic wave which is obtained by amplifying a single-wavelength laser beam in the infrared or visible range emitted by a DFB semiconductor laser or fiber laser as vacuum ultraviolet light, with a fiber amplifier doped with, for example, erbium (or both erbium and ytteribium), and by converting the wavelength into ultraviolet light using a nonlinear optical crystal, can also be used.
  • illumination light IL of the exposure apparatus is not limited to the light having a wavelength equal to or more than 100 nm, and it is needless to say that the light having a wavelength less than 100 nm can be used.
  • EUV Extreme Ultraviolet
  • a soft X-ray range e.g. a wavelength range from 5 to 15 nm
  • a total reflection reduction optical system designed under the exposure wavelength e.g. 13.5 nm
  • the present invention can also be suitably applied to such an exposure apparatus.
  • the present invention can also be applied to an exposure apparatus that uses charged particle beams such as an electron beam or an ion beam.
  • a transmissive type mask which is a transmissive substrate on which a predetermined light shielding pattern (or a phase pattern or a light attenuation pattern) is formed, is used.
  • a transmissive type mask which is a transmissive substrate on which a predetermined light shielding pattern (or a phase pattern or a light attenuation pattern) is formed.
  • an electron mask which is also called a variable shaped mask, an active mask or an image generator, and includes, for example, a DMD (Digital Micromirror Device) that is a type of a non-emission type image display device (spatial light modulator) or the like) on which a light-transmitting pattern, a reflection pattern, or an emission pattern is formed according to electronic data of the pattern that is to be exposed can also be used.
  • a DMD Digital Micromirror Device
  • a non-emission type image display device spatial light modulator
  • the present invention can also be applied to an exposure apparatus (lithography system) that forms line-and-space patterns on a wafer by forming interference fringes on the wafer.
  • an exposure apparatus lithography system
  • the present invention can also be applied to an exposure apparatus that synthesizes two reticle patterns via a projection optical system and almost simultaneously performs double exposure of one shot area by one scanning exposure, as is disclosed in, for example, Kohyo (published Japanese translation of International Publication for Patent Application) No. 2004-519850 (the corresponding U.S. Pat. No. 6,611,316).
  • an apparatus that forms a pattern on an object is not limited to the exposure apparatus (lithography system) described above, and for example, the present invention can also be applied to an apparatus that forms a pattern on an object by an ink-jet method.
  • an object on which a pattern is to be formed is not limited to a wafer, and can be other objects such as a glass plate, a ceramic substrate, a film member, or a mask blank.
  • the use of the exposure apparatus is not limited only to the exposure apparatus for manufacturing semiconductor devices, but the present invention can also be widely applied to an exposure apparatus for transferring a liquid crystal display device pattern onto a rectangular glass plate and an exposure apparatus for producing organic ELs, thin-film magnetic heads, imaging devices (such as CCDs), micromachines, DNA chips, and the like. Further, the present invention can be applied not only to an exposure apparatus for producing microdevices such as semiconductor devices, but can also be applied to an exposure apparatus that transfers a circuit pattern onto a glass plate or silicon wafer to produce a mask or reticle used in a light exposure apparatus, an EUV exposure apparatus, an X-ray exposure apparatus, an electron-beam exposure apparatus, and the like.
  • the movable body drive system, the movable body drive method, or the deciding method of the present invention can be applied not only to the exposure apparatus, but can also be applied widely to other substrate processing apparatuses (such as a laser repair apparatus, a substrate inspection apparatus and the like), or to apparatuses equipped with a movable body such as a stage that moves within a two-dimensional plane such as a position setting apparatus for samples or a wire bonding apparatus in other precision machines.
  • substrate processing apparatuses such as a laser repair apparatus, a substrate inspection apparatus and the like
  • apparatuses equipped with a movable body such as a stage that moves within a two-dimensional plane
  • a position setting apparatus for samples or a wire bonding apparatus in other precision machines.
  • the exposure apparatus (the pattern forming apparatus) of the embodiment above is manufactured by assembling various subsystems, which include the respective constituents that are recited in the claims of the present application, so as to keep predetermined mechanical accuracy, electrical accuracy and optical accuracy.
  • various subsystems which include the respective constituents that are recited in the claims of the present application.
  • a process of assembling various subsystems into the exposure apparatus includes mechanical connection, wiring connection of electric circuits, piping connection of pressure circuits, and the like among various types of subsystems. Needless to say, an assembly process of individual subsystem is performed before the process of assembling the various subsystems into the exposure apparatus.
  • the making of the exposure apparatus is preferably performed in a clean room where the temperature, the degree of cleanliness and the like are controlled.
  • FIG. 41 shows a flowchart of an example when manufacturing a device (a semiconductor chip such as an IC or an LSI, a liquid crystal panel, a CCD, a thin film magnetic head, a micromachine, and the like).
  • a device a semiconductor chip such as an IC or an LSI, a liquid crystal panel, a CCD, a thin film magnetic head, a micromachine, and the like.
  • step 201 design step
  • function and performance design of device such as circuit design of semiconductor device
  • pattern design to realize the function is performed.
  • step 202 a mask making step
  • a mask reticle
  • wafers are manufactured using materials such as silicon.
  • step 204 wafer processing step
  • the actual circuit and the like are formed on the wafer by lithography or the like in a manner that will be described later, using the mask and the wafer prepared in steps 201 to 203 .
  • step 205 device assembly step
  • Step 205 includes processes such as the dicing process, the bonding process, and the packaging process (chip encapsulation), and the like when necessary.
  • step 206 an inspecting step
  • tests are performed on a device made in step 205 , such as the operation check test, durability test and the like. After these processes, the devices are completed and are shipped out.
  • FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing a detailed example of step 204 described above.
  • step 211 an oxidation step
  • step 212 CDV step
  • step 213 an electrode formation step
  • step 214 an ion implantation step
  • ions are implanted into the wafer.
  • post-process is executed as follows. First of all, in the post-process, first in step 215 (a resist formation step), a photosensitive agent is coated on the wafer. Then, in step 216 (exposure step), the circuit pattern of the mask is transferred onto the wafer by the exposure apparatus (pattern forming apparatus) described above and the exposure method (pattern forming method) thereof. Next, in step 217 (development step), the wafer that has been exposed is developed, and in step 218 (etching step), an exposed member of an area other than the area where resist remains is removed by etching. Then, in step 219 (resist removing step), when etching is completed, the resist that is no longer necessary is removed.
  • the exposure apparatus (pattern forming apparatus) in the embodiment above and the exposure method (pattern forming method) thereof are used in the exposure step (step 216 ), exposure with high throughput can be performed while maintaining the high overlay accuracy. Accordingly, the productivity of highly integrated microdevices on which fine patterns are formed can be improved.
US11/896,448 2006-08-31 2007-08-31 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method Abandoned US20080094592A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US14/067,110 US9958792B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2013-10-30 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US14/067,503 US9983486B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2013-10-30 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US15/961,061 US10338482B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-04-24 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US16/114,498 US10353301B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-08-28 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US16/117,893 US10353302B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-08-30 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006-237045 2006-08-31
JP2006237045 2006-08-31
JP2006-237491 2006-09-01
JP2006-237606 2006-09-01
JP2006237491 2006-09-01
JP2006237606 2006-09-01

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/067,110 Continuation US9958792B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2013-10-30 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US14/067,503 Continuation US9983486B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2013-10-30 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20080094592A1 true US20080094592A1 (en) 2008-04-24

Family

ID=39136023

Family Applications (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/896,448 Abandoned US20080094592A1 (en) 2006-08-31 2007-08-31 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US14/067,110 Expired - Fee Related US9958792B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2013-10-30 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US14/067,503 Expired - Fee Related US9983486B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2013-10-30 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US15/961,061 Expired - Fee Related US10338482B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-04-24 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US16/114,498 Expired - Fee Related US10353301B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-08-28 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US16/117,893 Expired - Fee Related US10353302B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-08-30 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method

Family Applications After (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/067,110 Expired - Fee Related US9958792B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2013-10-30 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US14/067,503 Expired - Fee Related US9983486B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2013-10-30 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US15/961,061 Expired - Fee Related US10338482B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-04-24 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US16/114,498 Expired - Fee Related US10353301B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-08-28 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US16/117,893 Expired - Fee Related US10353302B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-08-30 Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method

Country Status (9)

Country Link
US (6) US20080094592A1 (ko)
EP (8) EP3418807A1 (ko)
JP (13) JP5035245B2 (ko)
KR (14) KR101477448B1 (ko)
CN (3) CN102520588B (ko)
HK (10) HK1130944A1 (ko)
SG (2) SG174091A1 (ko)
TW (8) TWI602032B (ko)
WO (1) WO2008026742A1 (ko)

Cited By (82)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070288121A1 (en) * 2006-01-19 2007-12-13 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body drive system, pattern formation method, pattern forming apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20080094604A1 (en) * 2006-09-01 2008-04-24 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20080106722A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-05-08 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive system and movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus and method, exposure apparatus and method, device manufacturing method, and decision-making method
US20080218713A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-09-11 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20090040488A1 (en) * 2007-07-24 2009-02-12 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20090059198A1 (en) * 2007-08-24 2009-03-05 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20090115982A1 (en) * 2007-11-07 2009-05-07 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, pattern formation apparatus and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20090122287A1 (en) * 2007-11-08 2009-05-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, pattern formation apparatus and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20090122285A1 (en) * 2007-11-06 2009-05-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, pattern formation apparatus and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20090153822A1 (en) * 2007-12-14 2009-06-18 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090190110A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2009-07-30 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive system, pattern formation apparatus, exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090201513A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2009-08-13 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090268178A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2009-10-29 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, movable body drive system, pattern formation apparatus, and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090284724A1 (en) * 2008-05-13 2009-11-19 Nikon Corporation Movable body system, movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus, pattern formation method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090284716A1 (en) * 2008-05-13 2009-11-19 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090284717A1 (en) * 2008-05-13 2009-11-19 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100073653A1 (en) * 2008-09-22 2010-03-25 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100073652A1 (en) * 2008-09-22 2010-03-25 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, movable body drive method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100081095A1 (en) * 2008-09-22 2010-04-01 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, movable body drive method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100157275A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100159403A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100296070A1 (en) * 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100297562A1 (en) * 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Nikon Corporation Object exchange method, exposure method, carrier system, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20100296071A1 (en) * 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
WO2011024985A1 (en) 2009-08-25 2011-03-03 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
WO2011024984A1 (en) 2009-08-25 2011-03-03 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20110056444A1 (en) * 2009-09-08 2011-03-10 Im Chai S Polarity sequenced electro magnetic head gasket engine and replacement kit
US20110096318A1 (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-04-28 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and device fabricating method
US20110096312A1 (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-04-28 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and device fabricating method
US20110096305A1 (en) * 2009-09-11 2011-04-28 Asml Netherlands B.V. Shutter member, a lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20110096306A1 (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-04-28 Nikon Corporation Stage apparatus, exposure apparatus, driving method, exposing method, and device fabricating method
US20110102761A1 (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-05-05 Nikon Corporation Stage apparatus, exposure apparatus, and device fabricating method
US20110123913A1 (en) * 2009-11-19 2011-05-26 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposing method, and device fabricating method
US20110128523A1 (en) * 2009-11-19 2011-06-02 Nikon Corporation Stage apparatus, exposure apparatus, driving method, exposing method, and device fabricating method
US20110137434A1 (en) * 2009-12-04 2011-06-09 Industrial Technology Research Corporation Apparatus and Method of Synchronizing and Interpolating Axes of Multi-System
US20110177461A1 (en) * 2009-12-28 2011-07-21 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20110233825A1 (en) * 2010-03-25 2011-09-29 Asml Netherlands B.V. Imprint lithography
US8134688B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2012-03-13 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US8269945B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2012-09-18 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, pattern formation method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US8422015B2 (en) 2007-11-09 2013-04-16 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, pattern formation apparatus and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US8488109B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2013-07-16 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US8599359B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2013-12-03 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, device manufacturing method, and carrier method
US20140036251A1 (en) * 2012-08-03 2014-02-06 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Measurement apparatus, lithography apparatus, and method of manufacturing article
WO2014054690A1 (ja) 2012-10-02 2014-04-10 株式会社ニコン 露光装置及び露光方法、並びにデバイス製造方法
US8760629B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2014-06-24 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus including positional measurement system of movable body, exposure method of exposing object including measuring positional information of movable body, and device manufacturing method that includes exposure method of exposing object, including measuring positional information of movable body
WO2014122223A1 (en) * 2013-02-08 2014-08-14 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US8903156B2 (en) 2010-12-20 2014-12-02 Asml Netherlands B.V. Method of updating calibration data and a device manufacturing method
US20150015861A1 (en) * 2013-07-09 2015-01-15 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Calibration method, measurement apparatus, exposure apparatus, and method of manufacturing article
US20150024526A1 (en) * 2009-04-13 2015-01-22 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using gan substrates and growth structures for laser applications
WO2015034005A1 (ja) 2013-09-04 2015-03-12 Ckd株式会社 電磁アクチュエータ用電機子コイル、電磁アクチュエータ、露光装置、及びデバイス製造方法
US9013683B2 (en) 2010-12-21 2015-04-21 Asml Netherlands B.V. Substrate table, a lithographic apparatus and a device manufacturing method
US20150120232A1 (en) * 2013-10-31 2015-04-30 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Shape calculation apparatus and method, measurement apparatus, method of manufacturing article, storage medium
US9071039B2 (en) 2009-04-13 2015-06-30 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates for laser applications
EP2924721A1 (de) * 2014-03-25 2015-09-30 Etel S. A.. Positioniereinrichtung in Portalbauweise
US9207549B2 (en) 2011-12-29 2015-12-08 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method with encoder of higher reliability for position measurement
WO2016030090A1 (en) * 2014-08-29 2016-03-03 Asml Netherlands B.V. Encoder system calibration method, object positioning system, lithographic apparatus and device device manufacturing method
US9298107B2 (en) 2010-07-16 2016-03-29 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method
US9457549B2 (en) 2011-04-20 2016-10-04 Mapper Lithography Ip B.V. Method for forming an optical fiber array
US9531164B2 (en) 2009-04-13 2016-12-27 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates for laser applications
WO2017071925A1 (en) * 2015-10-27 2017-05-04 Asml Holding N.V. Polarization independent metrology system
US20180039190A1 (en) * 2015-02-23 2018-02-08 Nikon Corporation Substrate processing system and substrate processing method, and device manufacturing method
WO2018077873A1 (en) * 2016-10-27 2018-05-03 Asml Netherlands B.V. System and method for determining and calibrating a position of a stage
US10048600B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2018-08-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat panel display, device manufacturing method, and movable body drive method
US20180275533A1 (en) * 2015-09-30 2018-09-27 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US20180284619A1 (en) * 2015-09-30 2018-10-04 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US20190033707A1 (en) * 2017-07-31 2019-01-31 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. Stretchable layout design for euv defect mitigation
US10268121B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2019-04-23 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US10514617B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2019-12-24 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat-panel display, device manufacturing method, and exposure method
US10520834B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2019-12-31 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat-panel display and device manufacturing method, and movement method of object
US10585355B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-03-10 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US10649348B2 (en) * 2016-09-30 2020-05-12 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, moving method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, flat-panel display manufacturing method, and device manufacturing method
US10684562B2 (en) 2015-02-23 2020-06-16 Nikon Corporation Measurement device, lithography system and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US10698326B2 (en) 2015-02-23 2020-06-30 Nikon Corporation Measurement device, lithography system and exposure apparatus, and control method, overlay measurement method and device manufacturing method
US10754049B2 (en) * 2016-11-01 2020-08-25 Shimadzu Corporation Method for calibrating imaging magnification of radiation computed tomography scanner
US10802407B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-10-13 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, manufacturing method of flat-panel display, and device manufacturing method
US11126094B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2021-09-21 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat-panel display, device manufacturing method, and exposure method
US11392048B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2022-07-19 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, flat panel display manufacturing method, and device manufacturing method
USRE49241E1 (en) 2012-03-08 2022-10-11 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithography system and method for processing a target, such as a wafer
US11476078B2 (en) * 2020-03-18 2022-10-18 Hitachi High-Tech Science Corporation Charged particle beam apparatus
US11520242B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2022-12-06 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat-panel display, device manufacturing method, and exposure method
US11774864B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2023-10-03 Nikon Corporation Carrier device, exposure apparatus, exposure method, manufacturing method of flat-panel display, device manufacturing method, and carrying method
CN117733873A (zh) * 2024-02-19 2024-03-22 深圳市德富莱智能科技股份有限公司 一种三维自动校准系统

Families Citing this family (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP3418807A1 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-12-26 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
JP5126594B2 (ja) * 2008-04-04 2013-01-23 株式会社ニコン 較正方法、露光方法及びデバイス製造方法、並びに露光装置
JP5151852B2 (ja) * 2008-09-22 2013-02-27 株式会社ニコン 補正情報作成方法、露光方法及び露光装置、並びにデバイス製造方法
KR101757837B1 (ko) 2009-05-20 2017-07-26 마퍼 리쏘그라피 아이피 비.브이. 듀얼 패스 스캐닝
US8779635B2 (en) * 2012-04-10 2014-07-15 Kla-Tencor Corporation Arrangement of reticle positioning device for actinic inspection of EUV reticles
JP5936479B2 (ja) * 2012-08-03 2016-06-22 キヤノン株式会社 計測装置、リソグラフィー装置、および物品の製造方法
WO2015147039A1 (ja) * 2014-03-26 2015-10-01 株式会社ニコン 移動体装置、露光装置、フラットパネルディスプレイの製造方法、及びデバイス製造方法
JP6465565B2 (ja) 2014-05-19 2019-02-06 キヤノン株式会社 露光装置、位置合わせ方法およびデバイス製造方法
JP6342738B2 (ja) * 2014-07-24 2018-06-13 株式会社Ｓｃｒｅｅｎホールディングス データ補正装置、描画装置、検査装置、データ補正方法、描画方法、検査方法およびプログラム
JP6958354B2 (ja) * 2015-09-30 2021-11-02 株式会社ニコン 露光装置、フラットパネルディスプレイの製造方法、及びデバイス製造方法
US10585357B2 (en) 2015-12-28 2020-03-10 Asml Netherlands B.V. Alternative target design for metrology using modulation techniques
CN205427436U (zh) * 2016-03-23 2016-08-03 北京京东方光电科技有限公司 显示器件的对位检测设备及曝光工艺系统
JP6925783B2 (ja) * 2016-05-26 2021-08-25 株式会社アドテックエンジニアリング パターン描画装置及びパターン描画方法
JP6438441B2 (ja) 2016-08-04 2018-12-12 ファナック株式会社 エンコーダの信号処理装置、エンコーダ、信号処理方法及びプログラム
EP3506012A4 (en) * 2016-08-24 2020-04-15 Nikon Corporation MEASURING SYSTEM, SUBSTRATE PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND DEVICE MANUFACTURING METHOD
KR102296327B1 (ko) * 2016-09-30 2021-09-01 가부시키가이샤 니콘 이동체 장치, 이동 방법, 노광 장치, 노광 방법, 플랫 패널 디스플레이의 제조 방법, 그리고 디바이스 제조 방법
US11036045B2 (en) * 2017-03-14 2021-06-15 Pioneer Corporation Display device
CN107687814B (zh) * 2017-09-21 2020-05-12 中国科学院长春光学精密机械与物理研究所 一种测量装置
CN107806822B (zh) * 2017-09-21 2020-06-09 中国科学院长春光学精密机械与物理研究所 一种测量装置
TWI663845B (zh) * 2017-11-09 2019-06-21 美商Ｔｔ電子公司 光學編碼裝置及方法
EP3759537B1 (en) * 2018-03-02 2023-07-19 Gooch And Housego PLC Mounting ring for maintaining optical device alignment
JP7137363B2 (ja) * 2018-06-11 2022-09-14 キヤノン株式会社 露光方法、露光装置、物品の製造方法及び計測方法
US11764111B2 (en) * 2019-10-24 2023-09-19 Texas Instruments Incorporated Reducing cross-wafer variability for minimum width resistors
CN111580455B (zh) * 2020-06-05 2021-06-25 广东省智能制造研究所 一种数控设备的定位精度可靠性评估方法
US11874144B2 (en) * 2020-07-28 2024-01-16 Li Lin Displacement measurement system
JP2023000112A (ja) * 2021-06-17 2023-01-04 キオクシア株式会社 計測装置および計測プログラム
CN113552534B (zh) * 2021-08-05 2022-02-01 中国人民解放军战略支援部队航天工程大学 基于脉冲信号的旋转基线干涉仪相位标校方法
TWI791343B (zh) * 2021-12-01 2023-02-01 財團法人工業技術研究院 旋轉軸的幾何誤差的獲取方法與獲取設備
CN116674205B (zh) * 2023-08-01 2023-12-15 易加三维增材技术(杭州)有限公司 位移控制方法、装置、非易失性存储介质及电子设备

Citations (75)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4215938A (en) * 1978-09-28 1980-08-05 Farrand Industries, Inc. Method and apparatus for correcting the error of a position measuring interferometer
US4346164A (en) * 1980-10-06 1982-08-24 Werner Tabarelli Photolithographic method for the manufacture of integrated circuits
US4465368A (en) * 1981-01-14 1984-08-14 Nippon Kogaku K.K. Exposure apparatus for production of integrated circuit
US4480910A (en) * 1981-03-18 1984-11-06 Hitachi, Ltd. Pattern forming apparatus
US4737920A (en) * 1983-11-30 1988-04-12 Nippon Kogaku K. K. Method and apparatus for correcting rotational errors during inspection of reticles and masks
US4780617A (en) * 1984-08-09 1988-10-25 Nippon Kogaku K.K. Method for successive alignment of chip patterns on a substrate
US5021649A (en) * 1989-03-28 1991-06-04 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Relief diffraction grating encoder
US5160849A (en) * 1990-01-22 1992-11-03 Nikon Corporation Diffraction-type displacement detector for alignment of mask and wafer
US5247165A (en) * 1991-06-13 1993-09-21 Sony Corporation Displacement detecting apparatus using graduated linear scale
US5448332A (en) * 1992-12-25 1995-09-05 Nikon Corporation Exposure method and apparatus
US5461237A (en) * 1993-03-26 1995-10-24 Nikon Corporation Surface-position setting apparatus
US5489986A (en) * 1989-02-28 1996-02-06 Nikon Corporation Position detecting apparatus
US5523843A (en) * 1990-07-09 1996-06-04 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Position detecting system
US5610715A (en) * 1994-03-30 1997-03-11 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Displacement detecting system, an expose apparatus, and a device manufacturing method employing a scale whose displacement is detected by a selected detection head
US5610683A (en) * 1992-11-27 1997-03-11 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Immersion type projection exposure apparatus
US5610725A (en) * 1993-06-25 1997-03-11 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Communication system for managing data of resources of image forming unit
US5625453A (en) * 1993-10-26 1997-04-29 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha System and method for detecting the relative positional deviation between diffraction gratings and for measuring the width of a line constituting a diffraction grating
US5650840A (en) * 1994-09-13 1997-07-22 Nikon Corporation Focus detecting method and apparatus
US5715039A (en) * 1995-05-19 1998-02-03 Hitachi, Ltd. Projection exposure apparatus and method which uses multiple diffraction gratings in order to produce a solid state device with fine patterns
US5825043A (en) * 1996-10-07 1998-10-20 Nikon Precision Inc. Focusing and tilting adjustment system for lithography aligner, manufacturing apparatus or inspection apparatus
US5917580A (en) * 1996-08-29 1999-06-29 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Scan exposure method and apparatus
US6262796B1 (en) * 1997-03-10 2001-07-17 Asm Lithography B.V. Positioning device having two object holders
US20010013927A1 (en) * 1997-12-26 2001-08-16 Hiroshi Itoh Stage apparatus, exposure apparatus using the same, and a device manufacturing method
US20010028456A1 (en) * 2000-02-15 2001-10-11 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and method for producing device
US20010029674A1 (en) * 2000-01-11 2001-10-18 Cutler Donald R. Abbe error correction system and method
US6341007B1 (en) * 1996-11-28 2002-01-22 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and method
US20020021450A1 (en) * 2000-07-10 2002-02-21 Mitutoyo Corporation Light spot position sensor and displacement measuring device
US20020041377A1 (en) * 2000-04-25 2002-04-11 Nikon Corporation Aerial image measurement method and unit, optical properties measurement method and unit, adjustment method of projection optical system, exposure method and apparatus, making method of exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20020041380A1 (en) * 2000-08-24 2002-04-11 Kwan Yim Bun Patrick Lithographic apparatus, device manufacturing method, and device manufactured thereby
US6381004B1 (en) * 1999-09-29 2002-04-30 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20020061469A1 (en) * 1997-06-25 2002-05-23 Nikon Corporation Projection apparatus, method of manufacturing the apparatus,method of exposure using the apparatus, and method of manufacturing circuit devices by using the apparatus
US20030011771A1 (en) * 2001-07-16 2003-01-16 Norio Moriyama Exposure apparatus and exposure method
US20030025890A1 (en) * 2000-02-25 2003-02-06 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method capable of controlling illumination distribution
US6611316B2 (en) * 2001-02-27 2003-08-26 Asml Holding N.V. Method and system for dual reticle image exposure
US6639686B1 (en) * 2000-04-13 2003-10-28 Nanowave, Inc. Method of and apparatus for real-time continual nanometer scale position measurement by beam probing as by laser beams and the like of atomic and other undulating surfaces such as gratings or the like relatively moving with respect to the probing beams
US6674510B1 (en) * 1999-03-08 2004-01-06 Asml Netherlands B.V. Off-axis levelling in lithographic projection apparatus
US20040130691A1 (en) * 1999-03-08 2004-07-08 Asml Netherlands B.V. Off-axis levelling in lithographic projection apparatus
US6778257B2 (en) * 2001-07-24 2004-08-17 Asml Netherlands B.V. Imaging apparatus
US20040165159A1 (en) * 2002-11-12 2004-08-26 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20050030507A1 (en) * 2002-04-23 2005-02-10 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus, device manufacturing method, and device manufactured thereby
US20050128461A1 (en) * 2003-10-22 2005-06-16 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method, and measurement systems
US20050168714A1 (en) * 2004-02-03 2005-08-04 Asml Netherlands B. V. Lithographic apparatus, measurement system, and device manufacturing method
US20050190375A1 (en) * 2004-02-27 2005-09-01 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Stage apparatus and control method therefor
US20060023178A1 (en) * 2004-07-27 2006-02-02 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for calibrating the same
US7023610B2 (en) * 1998-03-11 2006-04-04 Nikon Corporation Ultraviolet laser apparatus and exposure apparatus using same
US7025498B2 (en) * 2003-05-30 2006-04-11 Asml Holding N.V. System and method of measuring thermal expansion
US20060092419A1 (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-05-04 Asml Netherlands B.V. Optical position assessment apparatus and method
US20060139595A1 (en) * 2004-12-27 2006-06-29 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for determining Z position errors/variations and substrate table flatness
US20060139660A1 (en) * 2000-08-24 2006-06-29 Asmil Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus, device manufacturing method and device manufactured thereby
US20060227309A1 (en) * 2005-04-08 2006-10-12 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20060238733A1 (en) * 2005-04-20 2006-10-26 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and positioning apparatus
US20060238731A1 (en) * 2005-04-20 2006-10-26 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithogaphic apparatus and positioning apparatus
US7161659B2 (en) * 2005-04-08 2007-01-09 Asml Netherlands B.V. Dual stage lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20070035267A1 (en) * 2004-03-09 2007-02-15 Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd. Stage device
US20070052976A1 (en) * 2005-09-02 2007-03-08 Asml Netherlands B.V. Position measurement system and lithographic apparatus
US20070076218A1 (en) * 2005-10-04 2007-04-05 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus temperature compensation
US7230682B2 (en) * 2002-01-29 2007-06-12 Nikon Corporation Image forming state adjusting system, exposure method and exposure apparatus, and program and information storage medium
US7253875B1 (en) * 2006-03-03 2007-08-07 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20070195296A1 (en) * 2006-02-22 2007-08-23 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20070211235A1 (en) * 2004-02-02 2007-09-13 Nikon Corporation Stage drive method and stage unit, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20070223007A1 (en) * 2006-03-21 2007-09-27 Asml Netherlands B.V. Displacement measurement systems lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US7289212B2 (en) * 2000-08-24 2007-10-30 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus, device manufacturing method and device manufacturing thereby
US20080043212A1 (en) * 2006-02-21 2008-02-21 Nikon Corporation Measuring apparatus and method, processing apparatus and method, pattern forming apparatus and method, exposure apparatus and method, and device manufacturing method
US20080088843A1 (en) * 2006-02-21 2008-04-17 Nikon Corporation Pattern forming apparatus, mark detecting apparatus, exposure apparatus, pattern forming method, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US7362446B2 (en) * 2005-09-15 2008-04-22 Asml Netherlands B.V. Position measurement unit, measurement system and lithographic apparatus comprising such position measurement unit
US20080094593A1 (en) * 2006-09-01 2008-04-24 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US20080094604A1 (en) * 2006-09-01 2008-04-24 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20080105026A1 (en) * 2006-11-08 2008-05-08 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20080106722A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-05-08 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive system and movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus and method, exposure apparatus and method, device manufacturing method, and decision-making method
US20080123067A1 (en) * 2004-11-25 2008-05-29 Nikon Corporation Movable Body System, Exposure Apparatus, And Device Manufacturing Method
US20080218713A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-09-11 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20080246936A1 (en) * 2007-04-05 2008-10-09 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US7483120B2 (en) * 2006-05-09 2009-01-27 Asml Netherlands B.V. Displacement measurement system, lithographic apparatus, displacement measurement method and device manufacturing method
US20090033900A1 (en) * 2007-07-24 2009-02-05 Nikon Corporation Movable Body Drive Method and Movable Body Drive System, Pattern Formation Method and Pattern Formation Apparatus, and Device Manufacturing Method
US20090268178A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2009-10-29 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, movable body drive system, pattern formation apparatus, and exposure method, and device manufacturing method

Family Cites Families (135)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE224448C (ko)
US4465A (en) 1846-04-18 Improvement in plows
DE221563C (ko)
US368A (en) 1837-08-31 John williamson
JPS58202448A (ja) 1982-05-21 1983-11-25 Hitachi Ltd 露光装置
JPS5919912A (ja) 1982-07-26 1984-02-01 Hitachi Ltd 液浸距離保持装置
DD221563A1 (de) 1983-09-14 1985-04-24 Mikroelektronik Zt Forsch Tech Immersionsobjektiv fuer die schrittweise projektionsabbildung einer maskenstruktur
DD224448A1 (de) 1984-03-01 1985-07-03 Zeiss Jena Veb Carl Einrichtung zur fotolithografischen strukturuebertragung
JPS6144429A (ja) 1984-08-09 1986-03-04 Nippon Kogaku Kk <Nikon> 位置合わせ方法、及び位置合せ装置
JPS6265326A (ja) 1985-09-18 1987-03-24 Hitachi Ltd 露光装置
JPS63157419A (ja) 1986-12-22 1988-06-30 Toshiba Corp 微細パタ−ン転写装置
JPS63292005A (ja) * 1987-05-25 1988-11-29 Nikon Corp 走り誤差補正をなした移動量検出装置
US5070250A (en) 1989-02-28 1991-12-03 Nikon Corporation Position detection apparatus with adjustable beam and interference fringe positions
JP2784225B2 (ja) 1989-11-28 1998-08-06 双葉電子工業株式会社 相対移動量測定装置
DE4033556A1 (de) * 1990-10-22 1992-04-23 Suess Kg Karl Messanordnung fuer x,y,(phi)-koordinatentische
JPH04305917A (ja) 1991-04-02 1992-10-28 Nikon Corp 密着型露光装置
JPH04305915A (ja) 1991-04-02 1992-10-28 Nikon Corp 密着型露光装置
US5506684A (en) 1991-04-04 1996-04-09 Nikon Corporation Projection scanning exposure apparatus with synchronous mask/wafer alignment system
JP3149472B2 (ja) * 1991-08-30 2001-03-26 株式会社ニコン 走査露光装置および物体の移動測定装置
JP3030386B2 (ja) 1991-05-15 2000-04-10 敏一 中村 抗ガン剤
JPH0562877A (ja) 1991-09-02 1993-03-12 Yasuko Shinohara 光によるｌｓｉ製造縮小投影露光装置の光学系
JPH05129184A (ja) * 1991-10-30 1993-05-25 Canon Inc 投影露光装置
JPH05173639A (ja) * 1991-12-20 1993-07-13 Fujitsu Ltd 位置制御装置及びその制御方法
JPH06124873A (ja) 1992-10-09 1994-05-06 Canon Inc 液浸式投影露光装置
JP3316833B2 (ja) 1993-03-26 2002-08-19 株式会社ニコン 走査露光方法、面位置設定装置、走査型露光装置、及び前記方法を使用するデバイス製造方法
JP3303386B2 (ja) 1993-02-03 2002-07-22 株式会社ニコン 投影露光装置及び方法
US5583609A (en) 1993-04-23 1996-12-10 Nikon Corporation Projection exposure apparatus
JP3309871B2 (ja) * 1993-04-27 2002-07-29 株式会社ニコン 投影露光方法及び装置、並びに素子製造方法
JP3375076B2 (ja) 1993-04-27 2003-02-10 株式会社ニコン 投影露光方法及び装置、並びに素子製造方法
US5581324A (en) 1993-06-10 1996-12-03 Nikon Corporation Thermal distortion compensated projection exposure method and apparatus for manufacturing semiconductors
JPH09223650A (ja) 1996-02-15 1997-08-26 Nikon Corp 露光装置
US6122036A (en) 1993-10-21 2000-09-19 Nikon Corporation Projection exposure apparatus and method
JP3382389B2 (ja) * 1993-10-26 2003-03-04 キヤノン株式会社 位置ずれ検出方法及びそれを用いた位置ずれ検出装置
JPH07190741A (ja) * 1993-12-27 1995-07-28 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> 測定誤差補正法
JPH07220990A (ja) 1994-01-28 1995-08-18 Hitachi Ltd パターン形成方法及びその露光装置
JPH07318699A (ja) * 1994-05-27 1995-12-08 Canon Inc ステージ装置及びこれを有する露光装置とデバイス製造方法
US6018384A (en) 1994-09-07 2000-01-25 Nikon Corporation Projection exposure system
JP3379238B2 (ja) 1994-09-08 2003-02-24 株式会社ニコン 走査型露光装置
JPH08316125A (ja) 1995-05-19 1996-11-29 Hitachi Ltd 投影露光方法及び露光装置
JPH09115820A (ja) * 1995-10-13 1997-05-02 Nikon Corp 走査型露光装置及び露光方法
JPH09318321A (ja) * 1996-05-30 1997-12-12 Olympus Optical Co Ltd 測長装置
JPH1022218A (ja) * 1996-07-02 1998-01-23 Nikon Corp 基板のアライメント方法
JP3300856B2 (ja) * 1996-08-12 2002-07-08 イーエルオー・タッチシステムズ・インコーポレイテッド 複数の相互非直交波を使用した音響式状態センサ
JPH1063011A (ja) 1996-08-14 1998-03-06 Nikon Corp 走査型露光装置及び走査露光方法
JP4029183B2 (ja) 1996-11-28 2008-01-09 株式会社ニコン 投影露光装置及び投影露光方法
JPH10223528A (ja) 1996-12-30 1998-08-21 Nikon Corp 投影露光装置及び位置合わせ方法
JP3963037B2 (ja) * 1997-03-19 2007-08-22 ソニー株式会社 記録装置及び再生装置
JPH10270535A (ja) 1997-03-25 1998-10-09 Nikon Corp 移動ステージ装置、及び該ステージ装置を用いた回路デバイス製造方法
JP3747566B2 (ja) 1997-04-23 2006-02-22 株式会社ニコン 液浸型露光装置
JP3817836B2 (ja) 1997-06-10 2006-09-06 株式会社ニコン 露光装置及びその製造方法並びに露光方法及びデバイス製造方法
JPH11121325A (ja) * 1997-09-03 1999-04-30 Canon Inc 投影露光装置
JP4210871B2 (ja) * 1997-10-31 2009-01-21 株式会社ニコン 露光装置
US6020964A (en) 1997-12-02 2000-02-01 Asm Lithography B.V. Interferometer system and lithograph apparatus including an interferometer system
JPH11176727A (ja) 1997-12-11 1999-07-02 Nikon Corp 投影露光装置
JP3809268B2 (ja) 1997-12-19 2006-08-16 キヤノン株式会社 デバイス製造方法
JPH11233420A (ja) 1998-02-18 1999-08-27 Nikon Corp 投影露光装置及び位置検出方法
US6008610A (en) 1998-03-20 1999-12-28 Nikon Corporation Position control apparatus for fine stages carried by a coarse stage on a high-precision scanning positioning system
WO1999049504A1 (fr) 1998-03-26 1999-09-30 Nikon Corporation Procede et systeme d'exposition par projection
JP4505989B2 (ja) 1998-05-19 2010-07-21 株式会社ニコン 収差測定装置並びに測定方法及び該装置を備える投影露光装置並びに該方法を用いるデバイス製造方法、露光方法
JP2000058436A (ja) 1998-08-11 2000-02-25 Nikon Corp 投影露光装置及び露光方法
JP2000068192A (ja) 1998-08-18 2000-03-03 Nikon Corp 露光装置、露光方法及び位置検出方法
US6144118A (en) * 1998-09-18 2000-11-07 General Scanning, Inc. High-speed precision positioning apparatus
EP1014199B1 (en) 1998-12-24 2011-03-30 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Stage control apparatus, exposure apparatus and method of manufacturing a semiconductor device
JP2001118768A (ja) * 1999-10-15 2001-04-27 Nikon Corp マスクのアライメント方法および露光装置
WO2001035168A1 (en) 1999-11-10 2001-05-17 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Interference lithography utilizing phase-locked scanning beams
JP4428781B2 (ja) 1999-12-28 2010-03-10 キヤノン株式会社 光学式ロータリエンコーダ及びモータ制御装置
JP2001313250A (ja) 2000-02-25 2001-11-09 Nikon Corp 露光装置、その調整方法、及び前記露光装置を用いるデバイス製造方法
JP2001332490A (ja) * 2000-03-14 2001-11-30 Nikon Corp 位置合わせ方法、露光方法、露光装置、及びデバイス製造方法
JP2002014005A (ja) 2000-04-25 2002-01-18 Nikon Corp 空間像計測方法、結像特性計測方法、空間像計測装置及び露光装置
US6970245B2 (en) * 2000-08-02 2005-11-29 Honeywell International Inc. Optical alignment detection system
JP2002031895A (ja) 2000-07-18 2002-01-31 Nikon Corp 露光装置
US6557190B2 (en) 2001-08-31 2003-05-06 National Rv Holdings, Inc. Storable bed assembly
JP2002164269A (ja) * 2000-11-27 2002-06-07 Nikon Corp 露光方法及び装置、並びにデバイス製造方法
EP1402755A2 (en) * 2001-03-27 2004-03-31 1... Limited Method and apparatus to create a sound field
JP2002305140A (ja) * 2001-04-06 2002-10-18 Nikon Corp 露光装置及び基板処理システム
JP4198338B2 (ja) * 2001-07-09 2008-12-17 株式会社 東北テクノアーチ ステージ装置
KR20010112204A (ko) * 2001-12-01 2001-12-20 엄경미 위생패드
JP2003249443A (ja) 2001-12-21 2003-09-05 Nikon Corp ステージ装置、ステージ位置管理方法、露光方法及び露光装置、並びにデバイス製造方法
JP4168665B2 (ja) 2002-05-22 2008-10-22 株式会社ニコン 露光方法及び露光装置、デバイス製造方法
JP2004014876A (ja) * 2002-06-07 2004-01-15 Nikon Corp 調整方法、空間像計測方法及び像面計測方法、並びに露光装置
JP3833148B2 (ja) 2002-06-25 2006-10-11 キヤノン株式会社 位置決め装置及びその制御方法、露光装置、デバイスの製造方法、半導体製造工場、露光装置の保守方法
JP2004041362A (ja) 2002-07-10 2004-02-12 Sankyo Kk 弾球遊技機およびスロットマシン
WO2004012245A1 (ja) * 2002-07-31 2004-02-05 Nikon Corporation 位置計測方法、位置制御方法、露光方法及び露光装置、並びにデバイス製造方法
TWI242691B (en) 2002-08-23 2005-11-01 Nikon Corp Projection optical system and method for photolithography and exposure apparatus and method using same
JP2004101362A (ja) 2002-09-10 2004-04-02 Canon Inc ステージ位置計測および位置決め装置
SG125922A1 (en) * 2002-09-20 2006-10-30 Asml Netherlands Bv Device inspection
CN1245668C (zh) * 2002-10-14 2006-03-15 台湾积体电路制造股份有限公司 曝光系统及其曝光方法
EP1420298B1 (en) 2002-11-12 2013-02-20 ASML Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus
DE60335595D1 (de) 2002-11-12 2011-02-17 Asml Netherlands Bv Lithographischer Apparat mit Immersion und Verfahren zur Herstellung einer Vorrichtung
CN101607209B (zh) * 2002-11-18 2014-07-02 优美科触媒日本有限公司 废气净化用催化剂的制备方法与废气净化方法
WO2004051184A1 (ja) * 2002-12-03 2004-06-17 Nikon Corporation 形状計測方法、形状計測装置、チルト計測方法、ステージ装置、露光装置、露光方法、及びデバイス製造方法
WO2004053955A1 (ja) 2002-12-10 2004-06-24 Nikon Corporation 露光装置及びデバイス製造方法
CN100429748C (zh) * 2002-12-10 2008-10-29 株式会社尼康 曝光装置和器件制造方法
KR101238142B1 (ko) 2003-04-10 2013-02-28 가부시키가이샤 니콘 액침 리소그래피 장치용 운반 영역을 포함하는 환경 시스템
CN101002140B (zh) * 2003-04-11 2010-12-08 株式会社尼康 保持平板印刷投射透镜下面的浸没流体的设备和方法
KR101273713B1 (ko) 2003-05-06 2013-06-12 가부시키가이샤 니콘 투영 광학계, 노광 장치, 노광 방법 및 디바이스 제조 방법
WO2004114380A1 (ja) * 2003-06-19 2004-12-29 Nikon Corporation 露光装置及びデバイス製造方法
US20050027487A1 (en) * 2003-07-15 2005-02-03 Supriya Iyer Product defect analysis and resolution system
KR101298864B1 (ko) * 2003-07-28 2013-08-21 가부시키가이샤 니콘 노광 장치 및 디바이스 제조 방법, 그리고 노광 장치의 제어 방법
JP4492239B2 (ja) * 2003-07-28 2010-06-30 株式会社ニコン 露光装置及びデバイス製造方法、並びに露光装置の制御方法
KR20180120816A (ko) * 2003-08-21 2018-11-06 가부시키가이샤 니콘 노광 장치, 노광 방법 및 디바이스 제조 방법
JP4524601B2 (ja) * 2003-10-09 2010-08-18 株式会社ニコン 露光装置及び露光方法、デバイス製造方法
JP2005159322A (ja) * 2003-10-31 2005-06-16 Nikon Corp 定盤、ステージ装置及び露光装置並びに露光方法
JP2005252246A (ja) 2004-02-04 2005-09-15 Nikon Corp 露光装置及び方法、位置制御方法、並びにデバイス製造方法
WO2005076325A1 (ja) 2004-02-04 2005-08-18 Nikon Corporation 露光装置及び方法、位置制御方法並びにデバイス製造方法
JP2005249452A (ja) 2004-03-02 2005-09-15 Konica Minolta Medical & Graphic Inc リニアエンコーダ、画像読取装置及び画像記録装置
JP4622340B2 (ja) 2004-03-04 2011-02-02 株式会社ニコン 露光装置、デバイス製造方法
JP2005283357A (ja) * 2004-03-30 2005-10-13 Sendai Nikon:Kk 光電式エンコーダ
US7898642B2 (en) 2004-04-14 2011-03-01 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
JP4751032B2 (ja) 2004-04-22 2011-08-17 株式会社森精機製作所 変位検出装置
US20050241694A1 (en) 2004-04-29 2005-11-03 Red Flame Hot Tap Services Ltd. Hot tapping method, system and apparatus
US7126109B2 (en) 2004-06-14 2006-10-24 Gsi Group Corporation Encoder scale error compensation employing comparison among multiple detectors
WO2005124834A1 (ja) 2004-06-22 2005-12-29 Nikon Corporation ベストフォーカス検出方法及び露光方法、並びに露光装置
US20060013959A1 (en) * 2004-07-15 2006-01-19 Morales Hector D Process to apply a polimeric coating on non-ferrous substrates
US7701550B2 (en) * 2004-08-19 2010-04-20 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
SG155929A1 (en) * 2004-09-17 2009-10-29 Nikon Corp Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and method for manufacturing device
JP4852951B2 (ja) * 2004-09-17 2012-01-11 株式会社ニコン 露光装置、露光方法及びデバイス製造方法
US20080068568A1 (en) 2004-09-30 2008-03-20 Nikon Corporation Projection Optical Device And Exposure Apparatus
EP2426700B1 (en) * 2004-10-15 2018-01-10 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
JP4424739B2 (ja) 2004-10-19 2010-03-03 キヤノン株式会社 ステージ装置
WO2006049134A1 (ja) * 2004-11-01 2006-05-11 Nikon Corporation 露光装置及びデバイス製造方法
TWI553703B (zh) * 2004-11-18 2016-10-11 尼康股份有限公司 A position measuring method, a position control method, a measuring method, a loading method, an exposure method and an exposure apparatus, and a device manufacturing method
JP4450739B2 (ja) 2005-01-21 2010-04-14 富士フイルム株式会社 露光装置
JP2006210570A (ja) 2005-01-27 2006-08-10 Nikon Corp 調整方法、露光装置
JP2007054987A (ja) * 2005-08-23 2007-03-08 Soshiodaiya Systems Kk 印刷装置及び印刷方法
JP2007093546A (ja) * 2005-09-30 2007-04-12 Nikon Corp エンコーダシステム、ステージ装置及び露光装置
JP4164508B2 (ja) * 2005-10-04 2008-10-15 キヤノン株式会社 露光装置及びデバイス製造方法
TWI538012B (zh) 2006-01-19 2016-06-11 尼康股份有限公司 移動體驅動方法及移動體驅動系統、圖案形成方法及圖案形成裝置、曝光方法及曝光裝置、以及元件製造方法
JPWO2007097350A1 (ja) * 2006-02-21 2009-07-16 株式会社ニコン 位置計測装置及び位置計測方法、移動体駆動システム及び移動体駆動方法、パターン形成装置及びパターン形成方法、露光装置及び露光方法、並びにデバイス製造方法
KR101333872B1 (ko) 2006-02-21 2013-11-27 가부시키가이샤 니콘 패턴 형성 장치 및 패턴 형성 방법, 이동체 구동 시스템 및 이동체 구동 방법, 노광 장치 및 노광 방법, 그리고 디바이스 제조 방법
US7576832B2 (en) 2006-05-04 2009-08-18 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
JP4393540B2 (ja) 2006-08-01 2010-01-06 シャープ株式会社 樹脂含有粒子の凝集体の製造方法、トナー、現像剤、現像装置および画像形成装置
US20080050680A1 (en) * 2006-08-24 2008-02-28 Stefan Brandl Lithography systems and methods
EP3418807A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2018-12-26 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US7903866B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2011-03-08 Asml Netherlands B.V. Measurement system, lithographic apparatus and method for measuring a position dependent signal of a movable object

Patent Citations (99)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4215938A (en) * 1978-09-28 1980-08-05 Farrand Industries, Inc. Method and apparatus for correcting the error of a position measuring interferometer
US4346164A (en) * 1980-10-06 1982-08-24 Werner Tabarelli Photolithographic method for the manufacture of integrated circuits
US4465368A (en) * 1981-01-14 1984-08-14 Nippon Kogaku K.K. Exposure apparatus for production of integrated circuit
US4480910A (en) * 1981-03-18 1984-11-06 Hitachi, Ltd. Pattern forming apparatus
US4737920A (en) * 1983-11-30 1988-04-12 Nippon Kogaku K. K. Method and apparatus for correcting rotational errors during inspection of reticles and masks
US4780617A (en) * 1984-08-09 1988-10-25 Nippon Kogaku K.K. Method for successive alignment of chip patterns on a substrate
US5489986A (en) * 1989-02-28 1996-02-06 Nikon Corporation Position detecting apparatus
US5021649A (en) * 1989-03-28 1991-06-04 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Relief diffraction grating encoder
US5160849A (en) * 1990-01-22 1992-11-03 Nikon Corporation Diffraction-type displacement detector for alignment of mask and wafer
US5523843A (en) * 1990-07-09 1996-06-04 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Position detecting system
US5247165A (en) * 1991-06-13 1993-09-21 Sony Corporation Displacement detecting apparatus using graduated linear scale
US5610683A (en) * 1992-11-27 1997-03-11 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Immersion type projection exposure apparatus
US5448332A (en) * 1992-12-25 1995-09-05 Nikon Corporation Exposure method and apparatus
US5461237A (en) * 1993-03-26 1995-10-24 Nikon Corporation Surface-position setting apparatus
US5610725A (en) * 1993-06-25 1997-03-11 Ricoh Company, Ltd. Communication system for managing data of resources of image forming unit
US5625453A (en) * 1993-10-26 1997-04-29 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha System and method for detecting the relative positional deviation between diffraction gratings and for measuring the width of a line constituting a diffraction grating
US5610715A (en) * 1994-03-30 1997-03-11 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Displacement detecting system, an expose apparatus, and a device manufacturing method employing a scale whose displacement is detected by a selected detection head
US5650840A (en) * 1994-09-13 1997-07-22 Nikon Corporation Focus detecting method and apparatus
US5715039A (en) * 1995-05-19 1998-02-03 Hitachi, Ltd. Projection exposure apparatus and method which uses multiple diffraction gratings in order to produce a solid state device with fine patterns
US5917580A (en) * 1996-08-29 1999-06-29 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Scan exposure method and apparatus
US5825043A (en) * 1996-10-07 1998-10-20 Nikon Precision Inc. Focusing and tilting adjustment system for lithography aligner, manufacturing apparatus or inspection apparatus
US6341007B1 (en) * 1996-11-28 2002-01-22 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and method
US6262796B1 (en) * 1997-03-10 2001-07-17 Asm Lithography B.V. Positioning device having two object holders
US20020061469A1 (en) * 1997-06-25 2002-05-23 Nikon Corporation Projection apparatus, method of manufacturing the apparatus,method of exposure using the apparatus, and method of manufacturing circuit devices by using the apparatus
US20010013927A1 (en) * 1997-12-26 2001-08-16 Hiroshi Itoh Stage apparatus, exposure apparatus using the same, and a device manufacturing method
US7023610B2 (en) * 1998-03-11 2006-04-04 Nikon Corporation Ultraviolet laser apparatus and exposure apparatus using same
US20040130691A1 (en) * 1999-03-08 2004-07-08 Asml Netherlands B.V. Off-axis levelling in lithographic projection apparatus
US6674510B1 (en) * 1999-03-08 2004-01-06 Asml Netherlands B.V. Off-axis levelling in lithographic projection apparatus
US6381004B1 (en) * 1999-09-29 2002-04-30 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20010029674A1 (en) * 2000-01-11 2001-10-18 Cutler Donald R. Abbe error correction system and method
US20010028456A1 (en) * 2000-02-15 2001-10-11 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and method for producing device
US20030025890A1 (en) * 2000-02-25 2003-02-06 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method capable of controlling illumination distribution
US6639686B1 (en) * 2000-04-13 2003-10-28 Nanowave, Inc. Method of and apparatus for real-time continual nanometer scale position measurement by beam probing as by laser beams and the like of atomic and other undulating surfaces such as gratings or the like relatively moving with respect to the probing beams
US20020041377A1 (en) * 2000-04-25 2002-04-11 Nikon Corporation Aerial image measurement method and unit, optical properties measurement method and unit, adjustment method of projection optical system, exposure method and apparatus, making method of exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20020021450A1 (en) * 2000-07-10 2002-02-21 Mitutoyo Corporation Light spot position sensor and displacement measuring device
US20020041380A1 (en) * 2000-08-24 2002-04-11 Kwan Yim Bun Patrick Lithographic apparatus, device manufacturing method, and device manufactured thereby
US7289212B2 (en) * 2000-08-24 2007-10-30 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus, device manufacturing method and device manufacturing thereby
US20060139660A1 (en) * 2000-08-24 2006-06-29 Asmil Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus, device manufacturing method and device manufactured thereby
US6819425B2 (en) * 2000-08-24 2004-11-16 Asml Netherland B.V. Lithographic apparatus, device manufacturing method, and device manufactured thereby
US6611316B2 (en) * 2001-02-27 2003-08-26 Asml Holding N.V. Method and system for dual reticle image exposure
US20030011771A1 (en) * 2001-07-16 2003-01-16 Norio Moriyama Exposure apparatus and exposure method
US6778257B2 (en) * 2001-07-24 2004-08-17 Asml Netherlands B.V. Imaging apparatus
US7230682B2 (en) * 2002-01-29 2007-06-12 Nikon Corporation Image forming state adjusting system, exposure method and exposure apparatus, and program and information storage medium
US20050030507A1 (en) * 2002-04-23 2005-02-10 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus, device manufacturing method, and device manufactured thereby
US20040165159A1 (en) * 2002-11-12 2004-08-26 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US7025498B2 (en) * 2003-05-30 2006-04-11 Asml Holding N.V. System and method of measuring thermal expansion
US20050128461A1 (en) * 2003-10-22 2005-06-16 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method, and measurement systems
US20070211235A1 (en) * 2004-02-02 2007-09-13 Nikon Corporation Stage drive method and stage unit, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US7102729B2 (en) * 2004-02-03 2006-09-05 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus, measurement system, and device manufacturing method
US20050168714A1 (en) * 2004-02-03 2005-08-04 Asml Netherlands B. V. Lithographic apparatus, measurement system, and device manufacturing method
US20050190375A1 (en) * 2004-02-27 2005-09-01 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Stage apparatus and control method therefor
US20070035267A1 (en) * 2004-03-09 2007-02-15 Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd. Stage device
US7257902B2 (en) * 2004-03-19 2007-08-21 Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd. Stage device
US7528965B2 (en) * 2004-07-27 2009-05-05 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for calibrating the same
US20090207422A1 (en) * 2004-07-27 2009-08-20 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for calibrating the same
US20110075154A1 (en) * 2004-07-27 2011-03-31 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for calibrating the same
US7408655B2 (en) * 2004-07-27 2008-08-05 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for calibrating the same
US20100220335A1 (en) * 2004-07-27 2010-09-02 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for calibrating the same
US20080074681A1 (en) * 2004-07-27 2008-03-27 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for calibrating the same
US20070256471A1 (en) * 2004-07-27 2007-11-08 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for calibrating the same
US20060023178A1 (en) * 2004-07-27 2006-02-02 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for calibrating the same
US20060023194A1 (en) * 2004-07-27 2006-02-02 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for calibrating the same
US7880901B2 (en) * 2004-07-27 2011-02-01 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for calibrating the same
US7256871B2 (en) * 2004-07-27 2007-08-14 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for calibrating the same
US20060092419A1 (en) * 2004-10-28 2006-05-04 Asml Netherlands B.V. Optical position assessment apparatus and method
US20080123067A1 (en) * 2004-11-25 2008-05-29 Nikon Corporation Movable Body System, Exposure Apparatus, And Device Manufacturing Method
US20060139595A1 (en) * 2004-12-27 2006-06-29 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for determining Z position errors/variations and substrate table flatness
US20060170892A1 (en) * 2004-12-27 2006-08-03 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for determining Z position errors/variations and substrate table flatness
US7333174B2 (en) * 2004-12-27 2008-02-19 Asml Netherlands, B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method for determining Z position errors/variations and substrate table flatness
US20060227309A1 (en) * 2005-04-08 2006-10-12 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US7161659B2 (en) * 2005-04-08 2007-01-09 Asml Netherlands B.V. Dual stage lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20060238733A1 (en) * 2005-04-20 2006-10-26 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and positioning apparatus
US20060238731A1 (en) * 2005-04-20 2006-10-26 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithogaphic apparatus and positioning apparatus
US7349069B2 (en) * 2005-04-20 2008-03-25 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and positioning apparatus
US7405811B2 (en) * 2005-04-20 2008-07-29 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and positioning apparatus
US7348574B2 (en) * 2005-09-02 2008-03-25 Asml Netherlands, B.V. Position measurement system and lithographic apparatus
US20070052976A1 (en) * 2005-09-02 2007-03-08 Asml Netherlands B.V. Position measurement system and lithographic apparatus
US20070051160A1 (en) * 2005-09-02 2007-03-08 Asml Netherlands B.V. Position measurement system and lithographic apparatus
US7362446B2 (en) * 2005-09-15 2008-04-22 Asml Netherlands B.V. Position measurement unit, measurement system and lithographic apparatus comprising such position measurement unit
US20070076218A1 (en) * 2005-10-04 2007-04-05 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus temperature compensation
US20080043212A1 (en) * 2006-02-21 2008-02-21 Nikon Corporation Measuring apparatus and method, processing apparatus and method, pattern forming apparatus and method, exposure apparatus and method, and device manufacturing method
US20080088843A1 (en) * 2006-02-21 2008-04-17 Nikon Corporation Pattern forming apparatus, mark detecting apparatus, exposure apparatus, pattern forming method, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US7602489B2 (en) * 2006-02-22 2009-10-13 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20070195296A1 (en) * 2006-02-22 2007-08-23 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US7253875B1 (en) * 2006-03-03 2007-08-07 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20070223007A1 (en) * 2006-03-21 2007-09-27 Asml Netherlands B.V. Displacement measurement systems lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US7483120B2 (en) * 2006-05-09 2009-01-27 Asml Netherlands B.V. Displacement measurement system, lithographic apparatus, displacement measurement method and device manufacturing method
US20080218713A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-09-11 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20080106722A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-05-08 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive system and movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus and method, exposure apparatus and method, device manufacturing method, and decision-making method
US8013982B2 (en) * 2006-08-31 2011-09-06 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus for driving movable body based on measurement value of encoder and information on flatness of scale, and device manufacturing method
US8203697B2 (en) * 2006-08-31 2012-06-19 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus for driving movable body based on measurement value of encoder and information on flatness of scale, and device manufacturing method
US8675171B2 (en) * 2006-08-31 2014-03-18 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive system and movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus and method, exposure apparatus and method, device manufacturing method, and decision-making method
US20080094604A1 (en) * 2006-09-01 2008-04-24 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20080094593A1 (en) * 2006-09-01 2008-04-24 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US20080105026A1 (en) * 2006-11-08 2008-05-08 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20080246936A1 (en) * 2007-04-05 2008-10-09 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US7710540B2 (en) * 2007-04-05 2010-05-04 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20090033900A1 (en) * 2007-07-24 2009-02-05 Nikon Corporation Movable Body Drive Method and Movable Body Drive System, Pattern Formation Method and Pattern Formation Apparatus, and Device Manufacturing Method
US20090268178A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2009-10-29 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, movable body drive system, pattern formation apparatus, and exposure method, and device manufacturing method

Cited By (244)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10185227B2 (en) 2006-01-19 2019-01-22 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body drive system, pattern formation method, pattern forming apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9372414B2 (en) 2006-01-19 2016-06-21 Nikon Corporation Exposure method and device manufacturing method measuring position of substrate stage using at least three of four encoder heads
US7839485B2 (en) * 2006-01-19 2010-11-23 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body drive system, pattern formation method, pattern forming apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US10203613B2 (en) 2006-01-19 2019-02-12 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body drive system, pattern formation method, pattern forming apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9423703B2 (en) 2006-01-19 2016-08-23 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and device manufacturing method measuring position of substrate stage using at least three of four encoder heads
US9423702B2 (en) 2006-01-19 2016-08-23 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method measuring position of substrate stage by switching between encoder and interferometer
US10185228B2 (en) 2006-01-19 2019-01-22 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body drive system, pattern formation method, pattern forming apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20070288121A1 (en) * 2006-01-19 2007-12-13 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body drive system, pattern formation method, pattern forming apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US10133195B2 (en) 2006-01-19 2018-11-20 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body drive system, pattern formation method, pattern forming apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20110102756A1 (en) * 2006-01-19 2011-05-05 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body drive system, pattern formation method, pattern forming apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20110026006A1 (en) * 2006-01-19 2011-02-03 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body drive system, pattern formation method, pattern forming apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20080106722A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-05-08 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive system and movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus and method, exposure apparatus and method, device manufacturing method, and decision-making method
US10101673B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-10-16 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus for driving movable body based on measurement value of encoder and information on flatness of scale, and device manufacturing method
US10067428B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-09-04 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive system and movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus and method, exposure apparatus and method, device manufacturing method, and decision-making method
US10162274B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-12-25 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus for driving movable body based on measurement value of encoder and information on flatness of scale, and device manufacturing method
US8013982B2 (en) * 2006-08-31 2011-09-06 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus for driving movable body based on measurement value of encoder and information on flatness of scale, and device manufacturing method
US9568844B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2017-02-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive system and movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus and method, exposure apparatus and method, device manufacturing method, and decision-making method
US8675171B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2014-03-18 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive system and movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus and method, exposure apparatus and method, device manufacturing method, and decision-making method
US8203697B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2012-06-19 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus for driving movable body based on measurement value of encoder and information on flatness of scale, and device manufacturing method
US8937710B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2015-01-20 Nikon Corporation Exposure method and apparatus compensating measuring error of encoder due to grating section and displacement of movable body in Z direction
US20080218713A1 (en) * 2006-08-31 2008-09-11 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US8947639B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2015-02-03 Nikon Corporation Exposure method and apparatus measuring position of movable body based on information on flatness of encoder grating section
US10073359B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2018-09-11 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive system and movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus and method, exposure apparatus and method, device manufacturing method, and decision-making method
US9846374B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2017-12-19 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US9625834B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2017-04-18 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US10289010B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2019-05-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US10289012B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2019-05-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US10197924B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2019-02-05 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US20080094604A1 (en) * 2006-09-01 2008-04-24 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9429854B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2016-08-30 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US8134688B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2012-03-13 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US9081301B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2015-07-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US9740114B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2017-08-22 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US8860925B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2014-10-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9760021B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2017-09-12 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US9377698B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2016-06-28 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US9971253B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2018-05-15 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US9874822B2 (en) 2006-09-01 2018-01-23 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20090040488A1 (en) * 2007-07-24 2009-02-12 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9612539B2 (en) 2007-07-24 2017-04-04 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, pattern formation method, exposure method, and device manufacturing method for maintaining position coordinate before and after switching encoder head
US8264669B2 (en) 2007-07-24 2012-09-11 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, pattern formation method, exposure method, and device manufacturing method for maintaining position coordinate before and after switching encoder head
US20090059198A1 (en) * 2007-08-24 2009-03-05 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US8237919B2 (en) 2007-08-24 2012-08-07 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method for continuous position measurement of movable body before and after switching between sensor heads
US20090122285A1 (en) * 2007-11-06 2009-05-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, pattern formation apparatus and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9013681B2 (en) 2007-11-06 2015-04-21 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, pattern formation apparatus and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9256140B2 (en) 2007-11-07 2016-02-09 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, pattern formation apparatus and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method with measurement device to measure movable body in Z direction
US20090115982A1 (en) * 2007-11-07 2009-05-07 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, pattern formation apparatus and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20090122287A1 (en) * 2007-11-08 2009-05-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, pattern formation apparatus and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US8665455B2 (en) 2007-11-08 2014-03-04 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, pattern formation apparatus and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US8422015B2 (en) 2007-11-09 2013-04-16 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, pattern formation apparatus and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US8711327B2 (en) 2007-12-14 2014-04-29 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090153822A1 (en) * 2007-12-14 2009-06-18 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US10310384B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2019-06-04 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, movable body drive system, pattern formation apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US10274831B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2019-04-30 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, movable body drive system, pattern formation apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090190110A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2009-07-30 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive system, pattern formation apparatus, exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090201513A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2009-08-13 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090268178A1 (en) * 2007-12-28 2009-10-29 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, movable body drive system, pattern formation apparatus, and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9229333B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2016-01-05 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, movable body drive system, pattern formation apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8269945B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2012-09-18 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, pattern formation method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9690205B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2017-06-27 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, movable body drive system, pattern formation apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8237916B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2012-08-07 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive system, pattern formation apparatus, exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8792079B2 (en) 2007-12-28 2014-07-29 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method having encoders to measure displacement between optical member and measurement mount and between measurement mount and movable body
US8228482B2 (en) 2008-05-13 2012-07-24 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8817236B2 (en) 2008-05-13 2014-08-26 Nikon Corporation Movable body system, movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus, pattern formation method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8786829B2 (en) 2008-05-13 2014-07-22 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090284724A1 (en) * 2008-05-13 2009-11-19 Nikon Corporation Movable body system, movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus, pattern formation method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090284717A1 (en) * 2008-05-13 2009-11-19 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20090284716A1 (en) * 2008-05-13 2009-11-19 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9436102B2 (en) 2008-05-13 2016-09-06 Nikon Corporation Movable body system, movable body drive method, pattern formation apparatus, pattern formation method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8593632B1 (en) * 2008-09-22 2013-11-26 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, movable body drive method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100073653A1 (en) * 2008-09-22 2010-03-25 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100073652A1 (en) * 2008-09-22 2010-03-25 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, movable body drive method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
TWI485526B (zh) * 2008-09-22 2015-05-21 尼康股份有限公司 Mobile device and moving body driving method, exposure apparatus and exposure method, and component manufacturing method
US20100081095A1 (en) * 2008-09-22 2010-04-01 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, movable body drive method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
TWI559098B (zh) * 2008-09-22 2016-11-21 尼康股份有限公司 Mobile device and moving body driving method, exposure apparatus and exposure method, and component manufacturing method
US8508735B2 (en) * 2008-09-22 2013-08-13 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, movable body drive method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8994923B2 (en) 2008-09-22 2015-03-31 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8994924B2 (en) 2008-09-22 2015-03-31 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, movable body drive method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8325325B2 (en) 2008-09-22 2012-12-04 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, movable body drive method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US10254662B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2019-04-09 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9594313B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2017-03-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100159403A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100157275A1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-06-24 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8760629B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2014-06-24 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus including positional measurement system of movable body, exposure method of exposing object including measuring positional information of movable body, and device manufacturing method that includes exposure method of exposing object, including measuring positional information of movable body
US8902402B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2014-12-02 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8773635B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2014-07-08 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9857701B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2018-01-02 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8599359B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2013-12-03 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, device manufacturing method, and carrier method
US9442396B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2016-09-13 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, device manufacturing method, and carrier method
US9690209B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2017-06-27 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9535339B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2017-01-03 Nikon Coporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9722398B2 (en) 2009-04-13 2017-08-01 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates for laser applications
US10374392B1 (en) 2009-04-13 2019-08-06 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates and growth structures for laser applications
US20150131688A1 (en) * 2009-04-13 2015-05-14 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using gan substrates and growth structures for laser applications
US9356430B2 (en) 2009-04-13 2016-05-31 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates and growth structures for laser applications
US9071039B2 (en) 2009-04-13 2015-06-30 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates for laser applications
US20150024526A1 (en) * 2009-04-13 2015-01-22 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using gan substrates and growth structures for laser applications
US9553426B1 (en) 2009-04-13 2017-01-24 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates and growth structures for laser applications
US9099844B2 (en) * 2009-04-13 2015-08-04 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates and growth structures for laser applications
US10862273B1 (en) 2009-04-13 2020-12-08 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates and growth structures for laser applications
US9531164B2 (en) 2009-04-13 2016-12-27 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates for laser applications
US8969113B2 (en) * 2009-04-13 2015-03-03 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates and growth structures for laser applications
US10862274B1 (en) 2009-04-13 2020-12-08 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates and growth structures for laser applications
US11862937B1 (en) 2009-04-13 2024-01-02 Kyocera Sld Laser, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates and growth structures for laser applications
US9735547B1 (en) 2009-04-13 2017-08-15 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates and growth structures for laser applications
US9941665B1 (en) 2009-04-13 2018-04-10 Soraa Laser Diode, Inc. Optical device structure using GaN substrates and growth structures for laser applications
US8970820B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2015-03-03 Nikon Corporation Object exchange method, exposure method, carrier system, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US8553204B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2013-10-08 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100297562A1 (en) * 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Nikon Corporation Object exchange method, exposure method, carrier system, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US8792084B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2014-07-29 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100296071A1 (en) * 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20100296070A1 (en) * 2009-05-20 2010-11-25 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9323162B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2016-04-26 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9588443B2 (en) 2009-05-20 2017-03-07 Nikon Corporation Object exchange method, exposure method, carrier system, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
EP3054354A1 (en) 2009-08-25 2016-08-10 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9019472B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2015-04-28 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9389517B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2016-07-12 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
EP3054353A1 (en) 2009-08-25 2016-08-10 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9244367B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2016-01-26 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9910361B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2018-03-06 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
EP2957957A1 (en) 2009-08-25 2015-12-23 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9971246B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2018-05-15 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
EP2957956A1 (en) 2009-08-25 2015-12-23 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US10401733B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2019-09-03 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
WO2011024985A1 (en) 2009-08-25 2011-03-03 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US20110053061A1 (en) * 2009-08-25 2011-03-03 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9477155B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2016-10-25 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US8514395B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2013-08-20 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9507267B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2016-11-29 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
EP3098655A2 (en) 2009-08-25 2016-11-30 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US10527944B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2020-01-07 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US10527943B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2020-01-07 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9081305B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2015-07-14 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8493547B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2013-07-23 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US10545407B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2020-01-28 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9291917B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2016-03-22 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8488109B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2013-07-16 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US10191383B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2019-01-29 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
WO2011024984A1 (en) 2009-08-25 2011-03-03 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
EP3352016A1 (en) 2009-08-25 2018-07-25 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US8842278B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2014-09-23 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
EP2818928A1 (en) 2009-08-25 2014-12-31 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US9715176B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2017-07-25 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US11067894B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2021-07-20 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
EP2808737A1 (en) 2009-08-25 2014-12-03 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US10151979B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2018-12-11 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US10073345B2 (en) 2009-08-25 2018-09-11 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
EP3244264A2 (en) 2009-08-25 2017-11-15 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
EP3244263A2 (en) 2009-08-25 2017-11-15 Nikon Corporation Exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20110056444A1 (en) * 2009-09-08 2011-03-10 Im Chai S Polarity sequenced electro magnetic head gasket engine and replacement kit
US20110096305A1 (en) * 2009-09-11 2011-04-28 Asml Netherlands B.V. Shutter member, a lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
TWI412901B (zh) * 2009-09-11 2013-10-21 Asml Netherlands Bv 遮閉件、微影裝置及元件製造方法
US8599356B2 (en) * 2009-09-11 2013-12-03 Asml Netherlands B.V. Shutter member, a lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20110096312A1 (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-04-28 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and device fabricating method
US20110096306A1 (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-04-28 Nikon Corporation Stage apparatus, exposure apparatus, driving method, exposing method, and device fabricating method
US20110096318A1 (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-04-28 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and device fabricating method
US20110102761A1 (en) * 2009-09-28 2011-05-05 Nikon Corporation Stage apparatus, exposure apparatus, and device fabricating method
US20110123913A1 (en) * 2009-11-19 2011-05-26 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposing method, and device fabricating method
US20110128523A1 (en) * 2009-11-19 2011-06-02 Nikon Corporation Stage apparatus, exposure apparatus, driving method, exposing method, and device fabricating method
US8364288B2 (en) * 2009-12-04 2013-01-29 Industrial Technology Research Institute Apparatus and method of synchronizing and interpolating axes of multi-system
US20110137434A1 (en) * 2009-12-04 2011-06-09 Industrial Technology Research Corporation Apparatus and Method of Synchronizing and Interpolating Axes of Multi-System
US8488106B2 (en) 2009-12-28 2013-07-16 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20110177461A1 (en) * 2009-12-28 2011-07-21 Nikon Corporation Movable body drive method, movable body apparatus, exposure method, exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US20110233825A1 (en) * 2010-03-25 2011-09-29 Asml Netherlands B.V. Imprint lithography
US9927699B2 (en) * 2010-03-25 2018-03-27 Asml Netherlands B.V. Imprint lithography
US9298107B2 (en) 2010-07-16 2016-03-29 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method
US10591828B2 (en) 2010-07-16 2020-03-17 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method
US10203611B2 (en) 2010-07-16 2019-02-12 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method
US9823589B2 (en) 2010-07-16 2017-11-21 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and method
US8903156B2 (en) 2010-12-20 2014-12-02 Asml Netherlands B.V. Method of updating calibration data and a device manufacturing method
US9013683B2 (en) 2010-12-21 2015-04-21 Asml Netherlands B.V. Substrate table, a lithographic apparatus and a device manufacturing method
US9268238B2 (en) 2010-12-21 2016-02-23 Asml Netherlands B.V. Substrate table, a lithographic apparatus and a device manufacturing method
US10955757B2 (en) 2010-12-21 2021-03-23 Asml Netherlands B.V. Substrate table, a lithographic apparatus and a device manufacturing method
US10372044B2 (en) 2010-12-21 2019-08-06 Asml Netherlands B.V. Substrate table, a lithographic apparatus and a device manufacturing method
US9454089B2 (en) 2010-12-21 2016-09-27 Asml Netherlands B.V. Substrate table, a lithographic apparatus and a device manufacturing method
US9857696B2 (en) 2010-12-21 2018-01-02 Asml Netherlands B.V. Substrate table, a lithographic apparatus and a device manufacturing method
US9457549B2 (en) 2011-04-20 2016-10-04 Mapper Lithography Ip B.V. Method for forming an optical fiber array
USRE48287E1 (en) 2011-04-20 2020-10-27 Asml Netherlands B.V. Method for forming an optical fiber array
US9207549B2 (en) 2011-12-29 2015-12-08 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method with encoder of higher reliability for position measurement
USRE49241E1 (en) 2012-03-08 2022-10-11 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithography system and method for processing a target, such as a wafer
US10078275B2 (en) * 2012-08-03 2018-09-18 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Measurement apparatus, lithography apparatus, and method of manufacturing article
US20140036251A1 (en) * 2012-08-03 2014-02-06 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Measurement apparatus, lithography apparatus, and method of manufacturing article
WO2014054690A1 (ja) 2012-10-02 2014-04-10 株式会社ニコン 露光装置及び露光方法、並びにデバイス製造方法
US11256175B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2022-02-22 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9678433B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2017-06-13 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
EP3723111A1 (en) 2012-10-02 2020-10-14 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US11747736B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2023-09-05 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US10852639B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2020-12-01 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9891531B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2018-02-13 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US10409166B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2019-09-10 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US11579532B2 (en) 2012-10-02 2023-02-14 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and device manufacturing method
US9977341B2 (en) 2013-02-08 2018-05-22 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
WO2014122223A1 (en) * 2013-02-08 2014-08-14 Asml Netherlands B.V. Lithographic apparatus and device manufacturing method
US20150015861A1 (en) * 2013-07-09 2015-01-15 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Calibration method, measurement apparatus, exposure apparatus, and method of manufacturing article
US10401744B2 (en) * 2013-07-09 2019-09-03 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Calibration method, measurement apparatus, exposure apparatus, and method of manufacturing article
WO2015034005A1 (ja) 2013-09-04 2015-03-12 Ckd株式会社 電磁アクチュエータ用電機子コイル、電磁アクチュエータ、露光装置、及びデバイス製造方法
US20150120232A1 (en) * 2013-10-31 2015-04-30 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Shape calculation apparatus and method, measurement apparatus, method of manufacturing article, storage medium
KR102245707B1 (ko) * 2014-03-25 2021-04-29 에텔 쏘시에떼 아노님 위치 결정 장치
US9979262B2 (en) * 2014-03-25 2018-05-22 Etel S.A. Positioning device in gantry type of construction having a position-measurement device for measuring the position of a carriage relative to a cross-member
US20150280529A1 (en) * 2014-03-25 2015-10-01 Etel S.A. Positioning Device in Gantry Type of Construction
EP2924721A1 (de) * 2014-03-25 2015-09-30 Etel S. A.. Positioniereinrichtung in Portalbauweise
KR20150111280A (ko) * 2014-03-25 2015-10-05 에텔 쏘시에떼 아노님 위치 결정 장치
US10048600B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2018-08-14 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat panel display, device manufacturing method, and movable body drive method
US10444642B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2019-10-15 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat panel display, device manufacturing method, and movable body drive method
US11169448B2 (en) 2014-03-28 2021-11-09 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat panel display, device manufacturing method, and movable body drive method
WO2016030090A1 (en) * 2014-08-29 2016-03-03 Asml Netherlands B.V. Encoder system calibration method, object positioning system, lithographic apparatus and device device manufacturing method
US20180039190A1 (en) * 2015-02-23 2018-02-08 Nikon Corporation Substrate processing system and substrate processing method, and device manufacturing method
US11442371B2 (en) 2015-02-23 2022-09-13 Nikon Corporation Substrate processing system and substrate processing method, and device manufacturing method
US11435672B2 (en) 2015-02-23 2022-09-06 Nikon Corporation Measurement device, lithography system and exposure apparatus, and control method, overlay measurement method and device manufacturing method
US10684562B2 (en) 2015-02-23 2020-06-16 Nikon Corporation Measurement device, lithography system and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US10698326B2 (en) 2015-02-23 2020-06-30 Nikon Corporation Measurement device, lithography system and exposure apparatus, and control method, overlay measurement method and device manufacturing method
US11385557B2 (en) 2015-02-23 2022-07-12 Nikon Corporation Measurement device, lithography system and exposure apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US11977339B2 (en) 2015-02-23 2024-05-07 Nikon Corporation Substrate processing system and substrate processing method, and device manufacturing method
US10775708B2 (en) * 2015-02-23 2020-09-15 Nikon Corporation Substrate processing system and substrate processing method, and device manufacturing method
US10935894B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2021-03-02 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat-panel display and device manufacturing method, and movement method of object
US10732517B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-08-04 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US10802407B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-10-13 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, exposure method, manufacturing method of flat-panel display, and device manufacturing method
US10268121B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2019-04-23 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US10514617B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2019-12-24 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat-panel display, device manufacturing method, and exposure method
US10585355B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-03-10 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US10520834B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2019-12-31 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat-panel display and device manufacturing method, and movement method of object
US10656529B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-05-19 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US20180284619A1 (en) * 2015-09-30 2018-10-04 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US11009799B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2021-05-18 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat-panel display, device manufacturing method, and exposure method
US20180275533A1 (en) * 2015-09-30 2018-09-27 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US11086236B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2021-08-10 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US11126094B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2021-09-21 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat-panel display, device manufacturing method, and exposure method
US11392042B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2022-07-19 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US11187987B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2021-11-30 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US11392048B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2022-07-19 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, flat panel display manufacturing method, and device manufacturing method
US10732510B2 (en) 2015-09-30 2020-08-04 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus and exposure method, and flat panel display manufacturing method
US10338481B2 (en) 2015-10-27 2019-07-02 Asml Holding N.V. Polarization independent metrology system
TWI615686B (zh) * 2015-10-27 2018-02-21 Asml控股公司 與偏振無關之度量衡系統
WO2017071925A1 (en) * 2015-10-27 2017-05-04 Asml Holding N.V. Polarization independent metrology system
US10558131B2 (en) 2015-10-27 2020-02-11 Asml Holding N.V. Polarization independent metrology system
US11520242B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2022-12-06 Nikon Corporation Exposure apparatus, manufacturing method of flat-panel display, device manufacturing method, and exposure method
US10649348B2 (en) * 2016-09-30 2020-05-12 Nikon Corporation Movable body apparatus, moving method, exposure apparatus, exposure method, flat-panel display manufacturing method, and device manufacturing method
US11774864B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2023-10-03 Nikon Corporation Carrier device, exposure apparatus, exposure method, manufacturing method of flat-panel display, device manufacturing method, and carrying method
WO2018077873A1 (en) * 2016-10-27 2018-05-03 Asml Netherlands B.V. System and method for determining and calibrating a position of a stage
US10754049B2 (en) * 2016-11-01 2020-08-25 Shimadzu Corporation Method for calibrating imaging magnification of radiation computed tomography scanner
US10877370B2 (en) * 2017-07-31 2020-12-29 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. Stretchable layout design for EUV defect mitigation
US20190033707A1 (en) * 2017-07-31 2019-01-31 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Co., Ltd. Stretchable layout design for euv defect mitigation
US11476078B2 (en) * 2020-03-18 2022-10-18 Hitachi High-Tech Science Corporation Charged particle beam apparatus
CN117733873A (zh) * 2024-02-19 2024-03-22 深圳市德富莱智能科技股份有限公司 一种三维自动校准系统

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2013258418A (ja) 2013-12-26
JP6143125B2 (ja) 2017-06-07
CN102520589A (zh) 2012-06-27
JP5522489B2 (ja) 2014-06-18
EP3312676B1 (en) 2019-05-15
TWI602032B (zh) 2017-10-11
HK1224022A1 (zh) 2017-08-11
KR101477448B1 (ko) 2014-12-29
TW201802615A (zh) 2018-01-16
JPWO2008026742A1 (ja) 2010-01-21
US10338482B2 (en) 2019-07-02
TW201614393A (en) 2016-04-16
CN101405840B (zh) 2012-01-18
KR101711323B1 (ko) 2017-02-28
JP6241632B2 (ja) 2017-12-06
HK1218184A1 (zh) 2017-02-03
EP3067748B1 (en) 2017-12-20
US20190011843A1 (en) 2019-01-10
TW201614392A (en) 2016-04-16
EP3312676A1 (en) 2018-04-25
KR101933360B1 (ko) 2018-12-27
KR20130105910A (ko) 2013-09-26
EP2065920A1 (en) 2009-06-03
KR20160006804A (ko) 2016-01-19
HK1168662A1 (en) 2013-01-04
HK1169863A1 (en) 2013-02-08
JP5999392B2 (ja) 2016-09-28
KR101409011B1 (ko) 2014-06-18
KR20150092342A (ko) 2015-08-12
TWI596444B (zh) 2017-08-21
KR20150008897A (ko) 2015-01-23
EP2065920B1 (en) 2016-07-06
KR101824374B1 (ko) 2018-01-31
EP3064999B1 (en) 2017-07-26
TWI537687B (zh) 2016-06-11
JP6143122B2 (ja) 2017-06-07
KR20170007549A (ko) 2017-01-18
HK1130944A1 (zh) 2010-01-08
SG174091A1 (en) 2011-09-29
KR101585370B1 (ko) 2016-01-14
US9958792B2 (en) 2018-05-01
HK1248325B (zh) 2020-04-09
EP2993688B1 (en) 2017-04-05
TW200830055A (en) 2008-07-16
JP2018041090A (ja) 2018-03-15
KR20160006237A (ko) 2016-01-18
TWI594083B (zh) 2017-08-01
TWI653511B (zh) 2019-03-11
KR101565275B1 (ko) 2015-11-02
JP2016028285A (ja) 2016-02-25
EP2991101A2 (en) 2016-03-02
KR20160006238A (ko) 2016-01-18
KR101400615B1 (ko) 2014-05-27
EP2738608B9 (en) 2016-08-17
JP5686164B2 (ja) 2015-03-18
EP2065920A4 (en) 2014-05-14
US9983486B2 (en) 2018-05-29
JP2012138621A (ja) 2012-07-19
HK1218187A1 (zh) 2017-02-03
US20190004440A1 (en) 2019-01-03
JP2016128929A (ja) 2016-07-14
CN102520588A (zh) 2012-06-27
EP2993688A3 (en) 2016-04-20
KR20180137600A (ko) 2018-12-27
HK1224021A1 (zh) 2017-08-11
EP2738608B1 (en) 2016-06-01
JP2012147026A (ja) 2012-08-02
TWI529501B (zh) 2016-04-11
TWI416269B (zh) 2013-11-21
SG10201407395SA (en) 2014-12-30
JP2015179290A (ja) 2015-10-08
KR20150008898A (ko) 2015-01-23
TW201614391A (en) 2016-04-16
US20180246421A1 (en) 2018-08-30
HK1193879A1 (zh) 2014-10-03
JP2017010043A (ja) 2017-01-12
JP6029037B2 (ja) 2016-11-24
KR20140098829A (ko) 2014-08-08
US10353302B2 (en) 2019-07-16
EP2991101B1 (en) 2017-04-12
EP3067748A1 (en) 2016-09-14
KR20180011878A (ko) 2018-02-02
KR101645909B1 (ko) 2016-08-12
TW201403262A (zh) 2014-01-16
KR20160006805A (ko) 2016-01-19
KR20090045885A (ko) 2009-05-08
JP5035245B2 (ja) 2012-09-26
JP2015109457A (ja) 2015-06-11
KR101670639B1 (ko) 2016-10-28
EP3064999A1 (en) 2016-09-07
KR101698291B1 (ko) 2017-02-01
TW201631409A (zh) 2016-09-01
EP2738608A1 (en) 2014-06-04
KR101670638B1 (ko) 2016-11-09
US20140049758A1 (en) 2014-02-20
WO2008026742A1 (fr) 2008-03-06
EP2991101A3 (en) 2016-04-20
JP5522488B2 (ja) 2014-06-18
TWI649631B (zh) 2019-02-01
CN102520589B (zh) 2015-07-15
TW201403263A (zh) 2014-01-16
KR101529845B1 (ko) 2015-06-17
HK1259005A1 (zh) 2019-11-22
CN102520588B (zh) 2014-10-15
US10353301B2 (en) 2019-07-16
JP2016106254A (ja) 2016-06-16
CN101405840A (zh) 2009-04-08
EP3418807A1 (en) 2018-12-26
JP6339599B2 (ja) 2018-06-06
JP6508285B2 (ja) 2019-05-08
KR20130105909A (ko) 2013-09-26
US20140049759A1 (en) 2014-02-20
JP5729578B2 (ja) 2015-06-03
EP2993688A2 (en) 2016-03-09
JP2014199933A (ja) 2014-10-23
JP6143138B2 (ja) 2017-06-07
JP2016027414A (ja) 2016-02-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10353301B2 (en) Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method
US10289012B2 (en) Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, device manufacturing method, and calibration method
US20180101104A1 (en) Movable body drive method and movable body drive system, pattern formation method and apparatus, exposure method and apparatus, and device manufacturing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: NIKON CORPORATION, JAPAN

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:SHIBAZAKI, YUICHI;REEL/FRAME:020308/0571

Effective date: 20071119

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- AFTER EXAMINER'S ANSWER OR BOARD OF APPEALS DECISION